09n1052
IBM Netfinity Servers
S01K-4643-02
IBM Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU,
5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y
Hardware Maintenance Manual
August 1999
We Want Your Comments!
(Please see page 265)
IBM Netfinity Servers
S01K-4643-02
IBM Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU,
5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y
Hardware Maintenance Manual
August 1999
We Want Your Comments!
(Please see page 265)
IBM
Note
Before using this information and the product it
supports, be sure to read the general information
under “Notices” on page 269.
Third Edition (August 1999)
The following paragraph does not apply to the United
Kingdom or any country where such provisions are
inconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONAL
BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS
PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of
express or implied warranties in certain transactions,
therefore, this statement may not apply to you.
This publication could include technical inaccuracies or
typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to
the information herein; these changes will be incorporated
in new editions of the publication. IBM may make
improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the
program(s) described in this publication at any time.
This publication was developed for products and services
offered in the United States of America. IBM may not offer
the products, services, or features discussed in this
document in other countries, and the information is subject
to change without notice. Consult your local IBM
representative for information on the products, services,
and features available in your area.
Requests for technical information about IBM products
should be made to your IBM reseller or IBM marketing
representative.
 Copyright International Business Machines
Corporation 1997, 1998, 1999. All rights reserved.
Note to U.S. Government users–Documentation related to
Restricted rights–Use, duplication, or disclosure is subject
to restrictions set forth in GSA ADP Schedule Contract
with IBM Corp.
ii
Netfinity Server HMM
About This Manual
This manual contains diagnostic information, a
Symptom-to-FRU Index, service information, error codes,
error messages, and configuration information for the
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680.
Important
This manual is intended for trained servicers who are
familiar with IBM PC Server products.
Important Safety Information
Be sure to read all caution and danger statements in this
book before performing any of the instructions.
Leia todas as instruções de cuidado e perigo antes de
executar qualquer operação.
Prenez connaissance de toutes les consignes de type
Attention et
Danger avant de procéder aux opérations décrites par les
instructions.
Lesen Sie alle Sicherheitshinweise, bevor Sie eine
Anweisung ausführen.
iii
Accertarsi di leggere tutti gli avvisi di attenzione e di
pericolo prima di effettuare qualsiasi operazione.
Lea atentamente todas las declaraciones de precaución y
peligro ante
de llevar a cabo cualquier operación.
Online Support
Use the World Wide Web (WWW) or the IBM PC
Company BBS to download Diagnostic, BIOS Flash, and
Device Driver files.
File download address is:
http://www.us.pc.ibm.com/files.html
The IBM PC Company BBS can be reached at (919)
517-0001.
IBM Online Addresses:
The HMM manuals online address is:
http://www.us.pc.ibm.com/cdt/hmm.html
The IBM PC Company Support Page is:
http://www.us.ibm.com/support/index.html
The IBM PC Company Home Page is:
http://www.pc.ibm.com
iv
Netfinity Server HMM
Contents
About This Manual
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Important Safety Information
. . . . . . . . . .
Online Support
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
General Checkout . . . . . . .
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . .
Features at a Glance
. . . . .
Additional Service Information .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . .
Undetermined Problems . . . .
Parts Listing (Netfinity 7000-M10 -
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
Type 8680)
Related Service Information . .
Safety Information
. . . . . . .
Laser compliance statement . . .
Send Us Your Comments! . . . .
Problem Determination Tips . . .
Phone Numbers, U.S. and Canada
Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trademarks
. . . . . . . . . .
 Copyright IBM Corp. 1998
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
iii
iii
iv
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
.
6
.
9
. 20
. 22
. 86
182
205
213
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
225
226
231
265
266
267
269
269
v
vi
Netfinity Server HMM
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostic Programs
. . . . . . . . . . .
Power-On Self Test (POST) . . . . . . . .
POST Beep Codes . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error Messages
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
POST Error Messages . . . . . . . . .
System Monitoring Messages
. . . . .
Diagnostic Error Messages . . . . . . .
Software-Generated Error Messages . .
System Error Log . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option Diskettes
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostic Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Running Diagnostic Programs . . . . . . .
Viewing the Test Log . . . . . . . . . . .
Resolving Configuration Conflicts . . . . . . .
Changing the Software Configuration Setup
Changing the Hardware Configuration Setup
Identifying Problems through Status Indicators .
Power Supply LEDs
. . . . . . . . . . .
System Component Status Indicators
. . .
Processor Board LEDs
. . . . . . . .
Memory Board LED . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Board LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Remote Management Controller
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features at a Glance
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional Service Information . . . . . . . . . .
Configuration Overview
. . . . . . . . . . .
The Configuration/Setup Utility Program . . . .
Using the Configuration/Setup Utility Main Menu
System Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Information . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Data
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Card Data . . . . . . . . . . .
Devices and I/O Ports
. . . . . . . . . .
Date and Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Security
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Power-On Password Menu . .
Using the Administrator Password Menu
Start Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Setup
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACPI Control
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cache Control . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCI Slot/Device Information
. . . . . .
Memory Settings
. . . . . . . . . . .
MPS Version Control
. . . . . . . . .
Error Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
POST Error Log . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Error Log . . . . . . . . . . .
Save Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
 Copyright IBM Corp. 1998
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
12
12
14
15
15
15
16
17
18
18
18
18
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
19
20
22
23
25
26
27
27
27
27
27
28
28
29
31
32
32
32
33
33
33
34
34
34
34
34
1
Restore Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Load Default Settings . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exit Setup
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring Options
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Resolving Configuration Conflicts . . . . . . . .
Resolving Hardware Configuration Conflicts
.
Resolving Software Configuration Conflicts . .
Using the SCSISelect Utility
. . . . . . . . . .
Starting the SCSISelect Utility . . . . . . . .
SCSISelect Utility Choices
. . . . . . . . .
Configure/View Host Adapter Settings
. .
SCSI Disk Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . .
Performing a Low-Level Disk Format . . .
When To Use the Low-Level Format Program
Starting the Low-Level Format Program . .
Verify Disk Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What the IBM Netfinity 7000 M10 Offers
. . . .
Advanced System Management
. . . . . . . .
Required Device Drivers
. . . . . . . . . .
Device-Driver Installation Instructions
. . . .
Starting Advanced System Management . . .
Using a Serial Connection to Manage Remote
Advanced System Management Controllers or
Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuration Information . . . . . . . . . .
Configuration Settings
. . . . . . . . . . .
The System Identification Group
. . . . .
The Dial-In Settings Group . . . . . . . .
The System Management Subsystem Clock
Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
POST Timeout
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loader Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . .
O/S Timeout
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Off Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Configuration Settings Functions . .
Modem Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The Port Configuration Group
. . . . . .
The Dialing Settings Group
. . . . . . .
Initialization String Guidelines
. . . . . .
Changing Dialout Entry Settings
. . . . .
Automatic Dialout Settings
. . . . . . . . .
Dialout Entry Information Group
. . . . .
Enabled Alerts Dialout Group
. . . . . .
Event Log
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operational Parameters . . . . . . . . . . .
System Power Control
. . . . . . . . . . .
Remote POST Console . . . . . . . . . . .
Updating System Management Subsystem
Microcode
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessing the Advanced System Management
Adapter II without Netfinity Manager
. . . .
Establishing a Direct Connection to the Netfinity
Advanced System Management PCI Adapte
Using a Terminal Program to Connect
. .
2
Netfinity Server HMM
34
34
34
35
36
36
37
38
38
38
38
39
40
40
41
41
42
44
45
45
47
48
49
50
50
51
52
52
53
53
54
54
54
55
56
59
59
60
61
62
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
70
Using a TELNET Session to Connect . .
Using a Web Browser to Connect
. . .
Netfinity Advanced System Management PCI
Adapter Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Power Menu Selections . . . . . .
Boot Menu Selections . . . . . . . . . . .
Using Remote Video Mode to Monitor and
Access POST . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Netfinity Advanced System Management Token
Ring Connection Option
. . . . . . . . . .
Installation Instructions
. . . . . . . . . .
System Reliability Considerations . . . . . . .
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Power Assembly Removal
. . . . . . . .
Advanced System Management PCI Adapter
Component Locations
. . . . . . . . . . .
Battery
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing Jumper Positions
. . . . . . . . .
Two-Pin Jumper Blocks
. . . . . . . .
Three-Pin Jumper Blocks
. . . . . . .
Completing the Installation . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the Top Cover . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the Front Access Cover
. . . . .
Installing the Front Bezel
. . . . . . . . .
Reconfiguring the Server
. . . . . . . . .
Connecting External Options . . . . . . . . .
Connecting External SCSI Devices
. . . .
Cabling Requirements . . . . . . . . .
Setting SCSI IDs for External Devices
.
Installing External Devices . . . . . . .
Input/Output Ports and Connectors
. . . .
Serial Port
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parallel Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Video Port
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keyboard and Auxiliary-Device Ports . .
UltraSCSI Ports . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal Serial Bus Ports . . . . . . .
10/100 Ethernet Port
. . . . . . . . .
Dual Serial Port . . . . . . . . . . . .
RS 485 Bus Port
. . . . . . . . . . .
Controls and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hot-Swap Fan Assembly . . . . . . . . . . .
Hot-Swap Power Supplies
. . . . . . . . . .
Hot-Swap Power Supply Installation . . . . . .
Hot-Swap Power Supply Removal
. . . . . .
Information LED Panel . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input/Output Connectors and Expansion Slots .
Installing and Removing the Server from a Rack
Preparing the Rack . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the Server in the Rack . . . . . .
Removing the Server from a Rack . . . . .
Disassembling the Drawer Hardware . . . .
Internal Drives Installation
. . . . . . . . . .
. 71
. 72
. 73
. 74
. 76
. 77
.
.
.
.
.
.
80
80
82
84
86
87
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
88
89
93
94
95
97
97
98
98
99
100
100
100
100
100
101
101
103
104
105
106
107
107
108
108
109
112
114
115
118
120
121
124
124
130
134
135
136
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
3
Internal Drive Bays . . . . . . . . . .
SCSI Drives
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCSI IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preinstallation Steps
. . . . . . . . .
Installing a Drive in a Hot-Swap Bay . .
Replacing a Drive in a Hot-Swap Bay
.
I/O Board Component Locations
. . . . .
I/O Board LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Board Removal
. . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Function Card Component Locations
.
I/O Function Card Jumpers . . . . . . . .
Memory Board Component Locations . . .
Memory-Module Kits Installation
. . . . .
Microprocessor Kit Installation
. . . . . .
Power Backplane Connector Locations
. .
Power Backplane Removal . . . . . . . .
Power Control Card Removal . . . . . . .
Preparing to Install Options . . . . . . . .
Removing the Top Cover . . . . . . .
Removing the Front Bezel . . . . . . .
Removing the Front Access Cover . . .
Processor Board Component Locations . .
Processor Board Jumpers
. . . . . . . .
Processor Board Assembly Removal
. . .
Quarter-Turn Fastener . . . . . . . . . .
SCSI Backplane Component Locations
. .
Shuttle Assembly Removal . . . . . . . .
Working Inside a Server with Power On . .
I/O Board and I/O Function Card
. . .
Netfinity Advanced Remote Management
Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Working with Adapters . . . . . . . . . .
LEDs for PCI Slots . . . . . . . . . .
Adapter Considerations . . . . . . . .
Configuring Adapters . . . . . . . . .
Installing a Hot-Plug PCI Adapter
. . .
Installing a Non-Hot-Plug PCI Adapter .
Verifying Compatibility between Network
Adapters and Device Drivers . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . .
Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostic Error Codes
. . . . . . . . .
Error Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Control Card LED . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply LED Errors. . . . . . . . .
POST Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . .
Processor Board LEDs . . . . . . . . . .
SCSI LEDs
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCSI Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . .
SMBUS Error (3-3-2) . . . . . . . . . . .
Undetermined Problems . . . . . . . . . . .
System Management Codes
. . . . . . .
4
Netfinity Server HMM
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
136
137
137
138
138
138
139
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
153
157
158
159
160
161
163
163
165
166
167
168
168
169
171
171
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
172
173
174
175
175
176
180
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
181
182
182
186
187
192
194
194
195
202
203
203
204
205
208
Parts Listing (Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rack to Tower Conversion Options . . .
Keyboards (101/102 Key)
. . . . . . .
Power Cords
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
213
214
221
222
223
5
General Checkout
The server diagnostic programs are stored in nonvolatile
random-access memory (NVRAM) on the I/O board.
These programs are the primary method of testing the
major components of your server: the I/O board, Ethernet
controller, video controller, RAM, keyboard, mouse
(pointing device), diskette drive, serial port, and parallel
port. You can also use them to test some external
devices.
Also, if you cannot determine whether a problem is caused
by the hardware or by the software, you can run the
diagnostic programs to confirm that the hardware is
working properly.
When you run the diagnostic programs, a single problem
might cause several error messages. When this occurs,
work to correct the cause of the first error message. After
the cause of the first error message is corrected, the other
error messages might not occur the next time you run the
test.
A failed system might be part of a shared DASD cluster
(two or more systems sharing the same external storage
device(s)). Prior to running diagnostics, verify that the
failing system is not part of a shared DASD cluster.
A system might be part of a cluster if:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
The customer identifies the system as part of a
cluster.
One or more external storage units are attached to
the system and at least one of the attached storage
units is additionally attached to another system or
unidentifiable source.
One or more systems are located near the failing
system.
If the failing system is suspect to be part of a shared
DASD cluster, all diagnostic tests can be run except
diagnostic tests which tests the storage unit (DASD
residing in the storage unit) or the storage adapter
attached to the storage unit.
6
Netfinity Server HMM
Notes
1. Fan(s) not running or running fast, see “Error
Symptoms” on page 192.
2. For systems that are part of a shared DASD
cluster, run one test at a time in looped mode.
Do not run all tests in looped mode, as this could
enable the DASD diagnostic tests.
3. If an error is displayed on the front panel, see
“System Management Codes” on page 208.
4. If multiple error codes are displayed, diagnose
the first error code displayed.
5. If the computer hangs with a POST error, go to
the “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 182.
6. If the computer hangs and no error is displayed,
go to “Undetermined Problems” on page 205.
7. Intermittent problems, check the system error log;
see, “Error Logs” on page 34.
8. Power Supply problems, see “Power Supply LED
Errors.” on page 194.
9. Safety information, see “Safety Information” on
page 226.
001
IS THE SYSTEM PART OF A CLUSTER?
Yes No
002
Go to Step 004.
003
Schedule maintenance with the customer. Shut down all
failing systems related to the cluster. Run storage test.
004
–
–
–
–
–
–
Power-off the computer and all external devices.
Check all cables and power cords.
Set all display controls to the middle position.
Power-on all external devices.
Power-on the computer.
Check the front panel system error LED; if blinking,
check the error message on the front panel and see
“System Management Codes” on page 208.
– Check the system error log. If an error was recorded by
the system, see “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 182.
– Start the Diagnostic Programs. See “Running
Diagnostic Programs” on page 12.
(Step 004 continues)
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
7
(CONTINUED)
004 (continued)
– Check for the following responses:
1. No beep.
2. Readable instructions or the Main Menu.
DID YOU RECEIVE THE CORRECT RESPONSES?
Yes No
005
Find the failure symptom in “Symptom-to-FRU Index”
on page 182.
006
– Run the Diagnostic Programs. If necessary, refer to
“Running Diagnostic Programs” on page 12.
Ÿ
Ÿ
8
If you receive an error, go to “Symptom-to-FRU
Index” on page 182.
If the diagnostics completed successfully and you
still suspect a problem, go to “Undetermined
Problems” on page 205.
Netfinity Server HMM
Diagnostics
Server problems can be caused by hardware, software, or
a user error. An example of a user error is pressing the
wrong key on the keyboard.
The following tools are available to help identify and
resolve hardware-related problems:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Diagnostic programs
Power-on self-test (POST)
POST beep codes
Error messages
Troubleshooting charts
System error log
Option diskettes
Diagnostic Programs:
The server diagnostic
programs are stored on electrically erasable programmable
read-only memory (EEPROM). These programs are the
primary method of testing the major components of your
server and some external devices.
Also, if you cannot determine whether a problem is caused
by the hardware or by the software, you can run the
diagnostic programs to confirm that the hardware is
working properly.
Note
When you run the diagnostic programs, a single
problem might cause several error messages. When
this occurs, work to correct the cause of the first error
message. After the cause of the first error message is
corrected, the other error messages might not occur
the next time you run the test.
Power-On Self Test (POST):
When you turn on
the server, it performs a series of tests to check the
operation of server components and some of the options
installed in the server. This series of tests is called the
power-on self-test or POST.
POST does the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Checks the operation of some basic I/O function card,
processor board, and I/O board operations
Checks the memory
Compares the current server configuration with the
stored server configuration information
Configures PCI adapters
Starts the video operation
Verifies that drives (such as the diskette, CD-ROM,
and hard disk drives) are connected properly
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
9
If you have a power-on password or administrator
password set, you must type the password and press
Enter before POST will continue.
If POST finishes without detecting any problems, a single
beep sounds and the first screen of your operating system
or application program appears.
If POST detects a problem, more than one beep sounds
and an error message appears on your screen.
Note
A single problem might cause several error messages.
When this occurs, work to correct the cause of the first
error message. After the cause of the first error
message is corrected, the other error messages
usually will not occur the next time you run the test.
POST Beep Codes: POST generates beep codes
to indicate successful completion or the detection of a
problem.
Ÿ
Ÿ
One beep indicates the successful completion of
POST.
More than one beep indicates that POST detected a
problem. For more information, see “Beep
Symptoms” on page 182.
Error Messages: Error messages indicate that a
problem exists; they are not intended to be used to identify
a failing part. Troubleshooting and servicing of complex
problems indicated by error messages should be
performed by trained service personnel.
Hardware error messages that occur can be text, numeric,
or both. Messages generated by your software generally
are text messages, but they also can be numeric.
POST Error Messages: POST error messages occur
during startup when POST finds a problem with the
hardware or detects a change in the hardware
configuration. For a list of POST errors, see “POST Error
Codes” on page 195.
System Monitoring Messages: System monitoring
messages occur as the Advanced Remote Management
Controller monitors critical system functions. For a list of
codes, see “System Management Codes” on page 208.
Diagnostic Error Messages: Diagnostic error
messages occur when a test finds a problem with the
server hardware. These error messages are alphanumeric
and they are saved in the Test Log. For a list of
diagnostic error codes, see “Diagnostic Error Codes” on
page 187.
10
Netfinity Server HMM
Software-Generated Error Messages: These
messages occur if a problem or conflict is found by an
application program, the operating system, or both.
Messages are generally text messages, but they also can
be numeric. For information about these error messages,
refer to the documentation that comes with your software.
System Error Log:
The system error log contains
all error and warning messages issued during POST and
all system status messages from the Advanced Remote
Management Controller (system management adapter).
See “System Error Log” on page 34 for information about
how to view the system error log.
Option Diskettes: An optional device or adapter
can come with an Option Diskette. Option Diskettes
usually contain option-specific diagnostic test programs or
configuration files.
If your optional device or adapter comes with an Option
Diskette, follow the instructions that come with the option.
Different instructions apply depending on whether the
Option Diskette is startable or not.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
11
Diagnostic Programs
This section includes useful information about running the
diagnostic programs. These programs are designed to test
the IBM Netfinity 7000-M10. If you want to test a non-IBM
product, refer to the information that comes with that
product.
Notes
1. When you run the diagnostic programs, a single
problem might cause several error messages.
When this occurs, work to correct the cause of
the first error message. After the cause of the
first error message is corrected, the other error
messages usually will not occur the next time you
run the test.
2. You can also run the diagnostic programs
remotely with the Advanced Remote
Management Controller in conjunction with the
Advanced System Management service
capabilities of Netfinity Manager, a terminal
program, or a web browser. Refer to the
“Advanced Remote Management Reference”
section of this Server Library for more
information.
Running Diagnostic Programs:
While you are
running the diagnostic programs, pressing F1 displays help
information. Pressing F1 from within a help screen
provides a help index from which you can select different
categories. Pressing Esc closes the Help window and
returns to running the diagnostic programs.
12
Netfinity Server HMM
Notes
1. To run the diagnostic programs, you must start
the server with the highest level password.
That is, if you enter the power-on password and
an administrator password is set, you cannot run
the programs. You can only view the error
messages in the Test Log.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
You must enter the administrator password to run
the diagnostic programs.
If the server stops during testing and you cannot
continue, restart the server and try running the
diagnostic programs again. If the system hangs
while running memory tests, press the reset
button 3 times waiting five seconds between
each reset. This procedure tells BIOS to disable
memory performance enhancements for a more
accurate memory test. Press F2 to select
diagnostics. An 062 error will occur on the third
reset; exit Setup and the diagnostics will load.
Run the memory test again.
If the diagnostic tests do not find a problem but
the problem persists during normal operations, go
to “Undetermined Problems” on page 205.
You might have to install a wrap connector on
your active parallel or serial port to obtain
accurate test results for these ports. If you do
not have a wrap connector, contact your IBM
reseller or IBM marketing representative.
You might need a scratch diskette to obtain
accurate test results when testing the diskette
drive.
The keyboard and mouse (pointing device) tests
assume that a keyboard and mouse are attached
to the server.
To start the diagnostic programs:
1. Turn on the server and watch the screen.
If the server is turned on already, shut down your
operating system and restart the server.
2. When the message F2 for Diagnostics appears,
press F2.
If a power-on password or administrator password is
set, the server prompts you for it. Type in the
appropriate password; then, press Enter.
The Diagnostic Programs screen appears.
3. Select either Extended or Basic from the top of the
screen.
4. Select the test you want to run from the list that
appears; then, follow the instructions on the screen.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
13
When the tests have completed, you can view the
Test Log by selecting Utility from the top of the
screen.
Also, you can view server configuration information
(such as system configuration, memory contents,
interrupt request (IRQ) use, direct memory access
(DMA) use, device drivers, and so on) by selecting
Hardware Info from the top of the screen.
If the hardware checks out OK but the problem persists
during normal server operations, a software error might be
the cause. If you suspect a software problem, refer to the
information that comes with the software package.
Viewing the Test Log:
If you are already running
the diagnostic programs, continue with step 3 in this
procedure.
To view the Test Log:
1. Turn on the server and watch the screen.
If the server is turned on already, shut down your
operating system and restart the server.
2. When the message F2 for Diagnostics appears,
press F2.
If a power-on password or administrator password is
set, the server prompts you for it. Type in the
appropriate password; then, press Enter.
The Diagnostic Programs screen appears.
3. Select Utility from the top of the screen.
4. Select View Test Log from the list that appears; then,
follow instructions on the screen.
Note
The diagnostic test log will not contain results
form previous diagnostic runs. The results can
be saved to a disk.
14
Netfinity Server HMM
Resolving Configuration Conflicts
The Configuration/Setup Utility program configures only the
server hardware. It does not consider the requirements of
the operating system or the application programs. For
these reasons, memory-address configuration conflicts
might occur.
Changing the Software Configuration
Setup: The best way to resolve memory-address
conflicts is to change the software configuration by
changing the addresses that the EMS device driver
defined. The SVGA video memory occupies 32 Kb
(1 Kb = approximately 1000 bits) of space in the hex
C0000 to C7FFF EMS memory area. EMS device drivers
must use addresses different from those assigned to video
read-only memory (ROM). You can use the
Configuration/Setup Utility program to view or change the
current setting for video ROM. For information about using
the Configuration/Setup Utility program, see “Using the
Configuration/Setup Utility Main Menu” on page 26.
Changing the Hardware Configuration
Setup: An alternative way to resolve memory-address
conflicts is to change the address of the conflicting
hardware option.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
15
Identifying Problems through Status
Indicators
Your server has status indicators to help you identify
problems with some server components. Status indicators
are located on the following components:
Ÿ
Hard disk drive trays
Ÿ
For more information, see “Controls and Indicators”
on page 109.
Power supplies
Ÿ
For more information, see “Power Supply LEDs” on
page 17.
I/O board
Ÿ
For more information, see “Installing a Hot-Plug PCI
Adapter” on page 176.
Front panel
Ÿ
For more information, see “Information LED Panel” on
page 120.
Rear panel
For more information, see “Input/Output Connectors
and Expansion Slots” on page 121.
16
Netfinity Server HMM
Power Supply LEDs:
The AC and DC Power LEDs
on the power supplies provide status information about the
power supplies. See “Hot-Swap Power Supplies” on
page 114 for the location of the LEDs.
The following table describes the AC and DC Power LEDs.
AC
Power
LED
DC
Power
LED
Description and Action
On
On
The power supply is on and operating
correctly.
On
Off
There is a DC power problem.
Possible causes:
1. The Power Control button on the
front of the server is in the Off
position (the DC Power LEDs on all
the power supplies are off).
Action: Press the Power Control
button to start the server.
2. The Power switch on the power
supply is in the Off position.
Action: Turn the Power switch to
the On position.
3. The power supply has failed (the
DC Power LED on at least one of
the power supplies is on).
Action: Replace the power supply.
If the problem persists, go to
“Undetermined Problems” on page 205.
Off
Off
There is an AC power problem.
Possible causes:
1. There is no AC power to the power
supply.
Action: Verify that:
Ÿ
The power cord is properly
connected to the server.
Ÿ
The power outlet functions
properly.
2. The power supply has failed.
Action: Replace the power supply.
If the problem persists, go to
“Undetermined Problems” on page 205.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
17
System Component Status Indicators:
Status indicators on the I/O board, processor board,
memory board, and the Advanced Remote Management
Controller can help identify problems. The indicators are lit
during POST to ensure the indicators operate. After POST
completes, the indicators show the status of the
component.
For the location of the status indicators, see:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
“Processor Board Component Locations” on
page 165.
“Memory Board Component Locations” on page 147.
“I/O Board Component Locations” on page 142.
“I/O Board LEDs” on page 143.
“Advanced System Management PCI Adapter
Component Locations” on page 88.
Processor Board LEDs
Indicator
Description
Microprocessor Bus
Activity LED
If activity on the microprocessor bus is
present, the indicator for the slot is lit.
Microprocessor VRM
Status LED
If a VRM or processor fails or is missing,
the LED will light.
Microprocessor
Termination LED
If proper termination of the microprocessor
slot 4 is present, the indicator is lit.
ERR 0 and
ERR 1 LEDs
If either LED is on, see “Symptom-to-FRU
Index” on page 182 for an explanation.
Memory Board LED
Indicator
Description
Memory Module
Status LED
If a memory module is present and has
failed, the indicator for the slot is lit.
I/O Board LEDs
Indicator
Description
Power On LED
If power to a PCI slot is present, the
indicator for the slot is lit.
Attention LED
Your operating system defines the meaning
of this indicator. Refer to your operating
system documentation for more information.
For additional I/O Board LEDs, see “I/O Board LEDs” on
page 143.
18
Netfinity Server HMM
Advanced Remote Management Controller LEDs
Indicator
Description
Power On LED
If power to the Advanced Remote
Management Controller is present, the
indicator is lit.
Processor Error LED
If the processor on the Advanced Remote
Management Controller has failed, the
indicator is lit.
Ethernet Activity LED
If the Ethernet controller on the Advanced
Remote Management Controller is
transmitting data or receiving data, the
indicator is lit.
Ethernet Link LED
If an active link to the Ethernet controller on
the Advanced Remote Management
Controller is present, the indicator is lit.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
19
Features at a Glance
The following list summarizes the features of the Netfinity
7000-M10 - Type 8680.
Microprocessor
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Intel Pentium II Xeon microprocessor with
MMX technology
16 KB of level-1 cache
512 KB of level-2 cache (min.)
Expandable to four microprocessors
Memory
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
128 MB (min.) of system memory, expandable to
8 GB
50 ns, buffered, extended data output (EDO), error
correcting code (ECC)
Maximum of 32 dual inline memory-module (DIMM)
sockets on two memory boards
Diskette Drive
Ÿ
Standard: One 3.5-inch, 1.44 MB
Hard Disk Drives
Ÿ
Up to four hot-swap hard disk drives supported
CD-ROM Drive
Ÿ
Standard: Enhanced IDE
Redundant Cooling
Ÿ
Four hot-swap fans
Information Panel
Ÿ
Two 16-character lines of status information
Expansion Slots
Ÿ
Ÿ
Five 64-bit hot-plug PCI slots
Seven 32-bit hot-plug PCI slots
Expansion Bays
Ÿ
Ÿ
Four slim-high (1-inch) or two half-high (1.6-inch)
hot-swap drive bays
One 5.25-inch removable-media bay (CD-ROM drive
preinstalled)
Upgradable Microcode
Ÿ
20
BIOS, diagnostics, and system-management
processor upgrades (when available) can update
EEPROM
Netfinity Server HMM
Security Features
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Power-on and administrator passwords
Mountable in an optional secure rack enclosure
Selectable drive-startup
Keyboard password
Netfinity Advanced Remote Management Controller
security:
– User log-in password
– Read-only or read/write access
– Dial back
Integrated Functions
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
LED usability support
Two serial ports
Two universal serial bus (USB) ports
One parallel port
Mouse and keyboard ports
Netfinity Advanced Remote Management Controller
Two UltraSCSI connectors
Video controller port compatible with:
– Super video graphics array (SVGA)
– Video graphics adapter (VGA)
– 1 MB video memory
Power Supply
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
400 W (115–230 V ac)
Automatic voltage-range selection
Built-in overload and surge protection
Automatic restart after a loss of power
Redundant power available with optional power
supply
Predictive Failure Analysis (PFA) Alerts
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Fans
Power Supplies
Memory
Hard disk drives
Microprocessors
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
21
Additional Service Information
The following additional service information supports the
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
22
“Configuration Overview” on page 23.
“The Configuration/Setup Utility Program” on
page 25.
“Using the Configuration/Setup Utility Main Menu” on
page 26.
“Configuring Options” on page 35.
“Resolving Configuration Conflicts” on page 36.
“Using the SCSISelect Utility” on page 38.
“Advanced System Management” on page 44.
“Netfinity Advanced System Management Token Ring
Connection Option” on page 80.
“System Reliability Considerations” on page 82.
“Specifications” on page 84.
Netfinity Server HMM
Configuration Overview
You play a key role in how the server allocates resources
to organize and interconnect hardware devices and
software programs. This allocation process is referred to
as configuration. The steps required to configure the
server depend on the number and types of devices and
programs that you install.
The server supports PCI adapters and SCSI devices.
Because of this flexibility, you can choose from among
many adapters and devices.
In general, the greater the number and variety of hardware
devices and software programs that you install in the
server, the more you will have to interact with the server
and the devices to correctly configure the system.
The server comes with the following hardware
configuration programs:
Ÿ
Configuration/Setup Utility
Ÿ
With the built-in Configuration/Setup Utility program,
you can configure I/O functions, such as serial and
parallel port assignments; change interrupt request
(IRQ) settings; and change the startup sequence for
drives that you install. You also can use this program
to set passwords for starting up the server and
accessing the Configuration/Setup Utility program.
SCSISelect Utility
With the built-in SCSISelect Utility, you can configure
the SCSI devices that you attach to the SCSI
controller. You can use SCSISelect to change default
values, resolve configuration conflicts, and perform a
low-level format on a SCSI hard disk drive.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
23
Before installing a new device or program, read the
documentation that comes with it. Reading the instructions
helps you to determine the steps required for installation
and configuration. The following actions are typically, but
not always, required to configure the server.
1. Run the Configuration/Setup Utility program and
record the current configuration settings.
2. Set jumpers or switches on server components.
See “Changing Jumper Positions” on page 93 and
“I/O Function Card Jumpers” on page 146.
3. Set jumpers or switches on the device.
See the device installation instructions.
4. Install the device in the server.
See “Locations” on page 86.
5. Install software programs.
See the installation instructions that come with the
software.
6. Resolve configuration conflicts.
See “Resolving Configuration Conflicts” on page 36.
24
Netfinity Server HMM
The Configuration/Setup Utility Program
For most configurations, the server will operate using the
default system settings. You need to change the settings
only to resolve configuration conflicts or to enable or
change device functions (for example, defining diskette
types, and so on).
When you want or need to change the default settings, the
Configuration/Setup Utility program provides a convenient
way to display and change the settings.
After you run and exit from the Configuration/Setup Utility
program, configuration information is stored in electrically
erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM).
While the server is off, the configuration information
remains available for the next system startup.
Always run the Configuration/Setup Utility program if you
add, remove, or relocate any hardware option, or if you
receive an error message instructing you to do so. Review
this information the information that comes with the option
before making changes. Also, record the current settings
before making any changes.
To start the Configuration/Setup Utility program:
1. Turn on the server and watch the screen.
2. When the message Press F1 for
Configuration/Setup appears, press F1.
Note
If you enter the power-on password and an
administrator (supervisor-level) password is also
set, a limited version of the menu appears. To
see the full menu, you must restart the server
and enter the administrator password when you
are prompted to enter a password. See “System
Security” on page 28 for additional information.
The Configuration/Setup Utility main menu appears.
For information about the menu, see “Using the
Configuration/Setup Utility Main Menu” on page 26.
Note
When the message Press F2 for Diagnostics
appears, press F2 to run the diagnostics
programs. For information about running the
diagnostics programs, see “Diagnostic Programs”
on page 12.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
25
Using the Configuration/Setup Utility
Main Menu
From the Configuration/Setup Utility main menu, you can
select settings that you want to change. The
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu is similar to the
following screen.
IBM SurePath Setup - © IBM Corporation
Configuration/Setup Utility
• System Summary
• System Information
• Devices and I/O Ports
• Date and Time
• System Security
• Start Options
• Advanced Setup
• Error Logs
Save Settings
Restore Settings
Load Default Settings
Exit Setup
<F1> Help
<Esc> Exit
< ↑ > < ↓ > Move
<Enter> Select
Pressing F1 displays Help information for a selected menu
item.
Note
The choices on some menus might differ slightly,
depending on the BIOS version that comes with the
server.
To change configuration settings:
1. Use the Up Arrow (↑) or Down Arrow (↓) key to
highlight the menu item for the configuration setting
that you want to change; then, press Enter.
2. Use the Up Arrow (↑) or Down Arrow (↓) key to
choose the appropriate setting for the selected menu
item; then, press Enter.
3. Repeat step 1 through step 2 for each setting that
you want to change. Press Esc to return to the
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu.
4. After making changes, you can select:
Ÿ Save Settings to save the selected changes.
Ÿ Restore Settings to delete the changes and
restore the previous settings.
Ÿ Load Default Settings to cancel the changes
and restore the factory settings.
26
Netfinity Server HMM
Note
The Configuration/Setup Utility main menu
selections do not save settings, restore settings,
or load default settings for the PCI Slot/Device
Information choice. To save settings, or restore
settings for the PCI Slot/Device Information
choice, you must use the menu selections
available from the PCI Slot/Device Information
choice.
5. To exit from the Configuration/Setup Utility main
menu, select Exit Setup. If you made any changes
and did not save them with the Save Settings choice,
the system prompts you to save or discard the
changes when you attempt to exit from the
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu.
System Summary: Select this choice to display
configuration information, including the type and speed of
the microprocessors and amount of memory.
Changes that you make to configuration settings appear on
this summary screen. You cannot edit the fields.
The System Summary choice appears on the full
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu and on the limited
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu.
System Information:
Select this choice to display
information about the Netfinity 7000 M10. Changes that
you make on other menus might appear on this summary
screen. You cannot edit any fields. The System
Information choice appears only on the full
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu.
Product Data: Select this choice to view system
information, such as the machine type and model, the
system serial number, and the revision level or issue date
of the BIOS stored on the flash electronically erasable
programmable ROM (EEPROM).
System Card Data: Select this choice to view vital
product data (VPD) for some server components.
Devices and I/O Ports: Software recognizes ports
through their port assignments. Each port must have a
unique port assignment. The Configuration/Setup Utility
program normally handles this, but you might have special
hardware or software that requires you to change these
assignments.
Select the Devices and I/O Ports choice to view or
change the assignments for devices and input/output ports.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
27
You can add serial ports by installing a serial adapter in an
expansion slot. See the documentation that comes with
the serial adapter for information about port assignments.
You can configure the parallel port as bidirectional; that is,
so that data can be both read from and written to a device.
In bidirectional mode, the server supports Extended
Capabilities Port (ECP) and Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP).
To display or change the assignments for devices, the
serial ports, or parallel port:
1. Select Devices and I/O Ports.
2. Select a device or port; use the Left Arrow (←) or
Right Arrow (→) key to advance through the settings.
The Devices and I/O Ports choice appears only on
the full Configuration/Setup Utility main menu.
Notes
1. When you configure the parallel port as
bidirectional, use an IEEE 1284-compliant cable.
The maximum length of the cable must not
exceed 3 meters (9.8 feet).
2. The universal serial bus (USB) is configured
automatically.
3. If you install a USB keyboard that has a mouse
port, the USB keyboard emulates a mouse and
you will not be able to disable the mouse settings
in the Configuration/Setup Utility program.
Date and Time:
Select this choice to set the system
date and time.
The system time is in a 24-hour format:
hour:minute:second.
The system date is in standard format for your country.
For example, in the United States, the format is
MM/DD/YYYY (Month/Day/Year).
Select Date and Time; then, use the Left Arrow (←) or
Right Arrow (→) key to advance through each data field.
Type the new information; the system saves the
information as you type it.
The Date and Time choice appears only on the full
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu.
System Security: To control access to the
information in the server databases, you can implement
two levels of password protection. Implementing these
security measures helps you to ensure the integrity of the
data and programs that are stored in the server.
After you set a power-on password, you can enable the
unattended-start mode. This locks the keyboard and
mouse, but allows the system to start the operating
28
Netfinity Server HMM
system. The keyboard and mouse remain locked until you
enter the correct password.
The System Security choice appears only on the full
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu.
After you set a power-on or administrator password, you
must enter the password when you turn on the server.
(The passwords do not appear on the screen as you type
them.)
Type of Password
Results
No password set
Ÿ
Ÿ
No password required to start the system.
You can access all choices on the
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu.
Power-on password
only
Ÿ
You must enter the password to complete
the system startup.
You can access all choices on the
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu.
Ÿ
Administrator
password only
Ÿ
Ÿ
Administrator and
power-on password
You must enter the password to complete
the system startup.
The Administrator password provides
access to all choices on the
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu.
You can enter either password to complete the
system startup.
Ÿ
The administrator password provides
access to all choices on the
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu. You
can set, change, or delete both the
administrator and power-on passwords, and
allow a power-on password to be changed
by the user.
Ÿ
The power-on password provides access to
a limited set of choices on the
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu. This
limited access might include changing or
deleting the power-on password.
Ÿ
If you forget the power-on password, and
the administrator password has been set,
use the administrator password at the
power-on password prompt; then, start the
Configuration/Setup Utility program and
change the power-on password.
Using the Power-On Password Menu: When a
power-on password is set, you must enter a password
each time that you start the system.
When a power-on password is set, POST does not
complete until you enter the password. If you forget the
power-on password, you can regain access to the server
through one of the following methods:
Ÿ
If an administrator password has been set, enter the
administrator password at the power-on prompt. (If
necessary, see “Using the Administrator Password
Menu” on page 31 for details.) Start the
Configuration/Setup Utility program and change the
power-on password as previously described in this
section (see steps 1 through 4 on page 30).
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
29
Ÿ
Ÿ
You can change the position of the Password
override jumper, as described in “Changing Jumper
Positions” on page 93.
You can remove the battery as described in “Battery”
on page 89 and then install the battery.
To set a power-on password:
1. Select Power-on Password from the System
Security menu; then, press Enter.
The Power-on Password menu appears.
2. Type the password in the Enter Power-on Password
data field.
You can use any combination of up to seven
characters (A–Z, a–z, and 0–9) for your power-on
password. Keep a record of your password in a
secure place.
3. Move the cursor to the Enter Power-on Password
Again data field and type the password again.
Note
A message appears if the two passwords do not
match. If this happens, press Esc to cancel the
request and return to the System Security menu.
4. Select Change Power-on Password to save the new
password; then, press Enter.
To delete a power-on password:
1. Select Power-on Password from the System
Security menu; then, press Enter.
The Power-on Password menu appears.
2. Select Delete Power-on Password; then, press
Enter.
3. A confirmation window appears. Press Enter to
delete the power-on password. Press Esc to cancel
the request and return to the System Security menu.
To allow the system to start in unattended-start mode
when a power-on password is set:
1. Select Power-on Password from the System
Security menu; then, press Enter.
The Power-on Password screen appears.
2. Select Allow for unattended boot with password.
Press the Left Arrow (←) key or Right Arrow (→) key
to toggle the entry to On.
Note
The Allow for unattended boot with password
data field must be set to On for the system to
support locally or remotely scheduled system
shutdowns or restarts in unattended-start mode.
30
Netfinity Server HMM
Using the Administrator Password Menu: The
administrator password (sometimes called a
supervisor-level password) controls access to some
features of the server, including the Configuration/Setup
Utility program.
Attention:
If an administrator password is set and then forgotten,
it cannot be overridden or removed. You must replace
the I/O board.
To set an administrator password:
1. Select Administrator Password from the System
Security menu: then, press Enter.
The Administrator Password menu appears.
2. Type the password in the Enter Administrator
Password data field.
A password can contain any combination of up to
seven alphanumeric characters (A–Z, a–z, and 0–9).
Keep a record of your password in a secure place.
3. Move the cursor to the Enter Administrator
Password Again data field and type the password
again.
Note
A message appears if the two passwords do not
match. If this happens, press Esc to cancel the
request and return to the System Security menu.
4. Select Change Administrator Password to save the
new password; then, press Enter. The password
becomes effective immediately.
To delete an administrator password:
1. Select Administrator Password from the System
Security menu; then, press Enter.
The Administrator Password menu appears.
2. Select Delete Administrator Password; then, press
Enter.
3. A confirmation window appears. Press Enter to
delete the administrator password. Press Esc to
return to the System Security menu.
To enable a user to change the power-on password:
1. Select Administrator Password from the System
Security menu; then, press Enter.
The Administrator Password screen appears.
2. Select Power-on password changeable by user.
Press the Left Arrow (←) or Right Arrow (→) key to
toggle the entry to Yes.
When this choice is enabled, System Security appears on
the limited Configuration/Setup Utility main menu. The
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
31
System Security menu contains the Power-on Password
choice.
Start Options:
Start options take effect when you
start the server.
You can select keyboard operating characteristics, such as
the keyboard speed. You also can specify whether the
keyboard number lock starts on or off. You also can
enable the server to run without a diskette drive or a
monitor.
The server uses a startup sequence to determine the
device from which the operating system loads. For
example, you can define a startup sequence that checks
for a startable diskette in the diskette drive, then checks
the hard disk drive in bay 1, and then checks a network
adapter.
Attention: If the CD-ROM drive contains a startable CD,
you must remove the CD if you want to use a startup
sequence that begins with a startable diskette.
You can enable a virus-detection test that checks for
changes in the master boot record at startup. You also
can choose to run POST in the enhanced mode or the
quick mode.
Select Start Options; then, use the Left Arrow (←) or
Right Arrow (→) key to advance through each data field.
The Start Options choice appears only on the full
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu.
Advanced Setup: Select Advanced Setup to
change values for advanced hardware features, such as
cache control, and PCI configuration.
A warning message displays above the choices on this
menu, to alert you that the system might malfunction if
these options are configured incorrectly. Follow the
instructions on the screen carefully.
Use the Left Arrow (←) or Right Arrow (→) key to scroll
through each data field after you select one of the setup
options.
The Advanced Setup choice appears only on the full
Configuration/Setup Utility main menu.
ACPI Control: Select this choice to enable or disable
the advanced configuration and power-management
interface (ACPI) in the BIOS. You can choose to change
the ACPI hardware signature or select an IRQ for ACPI.
ACPI allows the operating system to place some server
components into a reduced-power state during periods of
low activity. You must have a BIOS level that supports
ACPI to have this control option. If ACPI it enabled, you
32
Netfinity Server HMM
must press and hold the power button to power down the
system.
Cache Control: Select this choice to enable or disable
the microprocessor cache. In addition, you can define the
microprocessor cache type as write-back (WB) or
write-through (WT). Selecting write-back mode will provide
the maximum system performance.
You can also enable or disable video BIOS caching, and
define buffers for video and option ROM caching.
PCI Slot/Device Information: Select this choice to
view and identify system resources used by PCI devices.
PCI devices automatically communicate with the server
configuration information. This usually results in automatic
configuration of a PCI device. If a conflict does occur, see
“Resolving Configuration Conflicts” on page 36.
Use the Up Arrow (↑) or Down Arrow (↓) key to highlight
the assignment that you want to change and press Enter.
Use the Left Arrow (←) or Right Arrow (→) key to select
from the list of available choices. An asterisk (*) indicates
that more than one device shares a slot. After making
changes, you can select:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Save Settings to save the selected changes.
Restore Settings to delete the changes and restore
the previous settings.
Note
You can use the menu selections to save settings or
restore settings for the PCI Slot/Device Information
choice only. The Configuration/Setup Utility main
menu selections save settings, restore settings, or
load default settings for all other choices, but not the
PCI Slot/Device Information choice.
The server uses a rotational interrupt technique to
configure PCI devices. Because of this technique, you can
install a variety of PCI devices that currently do not support
sharing of PCI interrupts (IRQs). Multiple-function PCI
devices use more than one interrupt.
Memory Settings: Select this choice to manually
disable or enable a bank of memory.
If a memory error is detected during POST or memory
configuration, the server can automatically disable the
failing memory bank and continue operating with reduced
memory capacity. If this occurs, you must manually
enable the memory bank after the problem is corrected.
Select Memory Settings from the Advanced Setup menu;
then use the Up Arrow (↑) or Down Arrow (↓) key to
highlight the bank that you want to enable. Use the Left
Arrow (←) or Right Arrow (→) key to select Enable.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
33
MPS Version Control: Select this choice to view and
identify the multiprocessor specification (MPS) level.
Some versions of the IBM OS/2 operating system use 1.1
as the MPS level. The default value is 1.4. Refer to the
documentation that comes with the operating system for
more information.
Error Logs:
Select System Error Logs to choose to
view either the POST error log or the system error log.
POST Error Log: Select POST Error Log to view the
three most recent error codes and messages that the
system generated during POST. You can clear the error
log by selecting Clear error logs.
System Error Log: Select Error Log to view the
system error log. The system error log contains all the
system, error, and warning messages that the system has
generated. You can use the up and down arrow keys to
move between pages in the system error log.
Save Settings:
After you make configuration
changes, review them to be sure that they contain the
correct information. If the information is correct, select
Save Settings to save the selected changes.
Restore Settings: After you make configuration
changes, review them to be sure that they contain the
correct information. If the information is incorrect, or if you
do not want to save these changes, select Restore
Settings to delete the changes and restore the previous
settings.
Load Default Settings:
If you make configuration
changes and then decide that you want to use default
values instead, select Load Default Settings to cancel the
changes and restore the factory settings.
Exit Setup:
If you have made any changes, you will
be asked if you want to save the changes or exit without
saving the changes.
34
Netfinity Server HMM
Configuring Options
Before installing a new device or program, read the
documentation that comes with it. Reading the instructions
helps you to determine the steps that are required for
installation and configuration. The following list provides a
preview of the actions that might be required to configure
the server.
1. Run the Configuration/Setup Utility program and
record the current configuration settings.
See “The Configuration/Setup Utility Program” on
page 25.
2. Set jumpers or switches on the server components.
See “Changing Jumper Positions” on page 93 and
“I/O Function Card Jumpers” on page 146.
3. Set jumpers or switches on the device.
See the instructions that come with the adapter.
4. Install the adapter in the server.
See “Working with Adapters” on page 173.
5. Install software programs.
See the installation instructions that come with the
software.
6. Resolve configuration conflicts.
See “Resolving Configuration Conflicts” on page 36.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
35
Resolving Configuration Conflicts
The resources used by the server consist of interrupt
requests, direct memory access, I/O ports addresses, and
memory. This information is useful when a resource
configuration conflict occurs.
Conflicts in the configuration occur if:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
A device is installed that requires the same resource
as another device. (For example, a conflict occurs
when two adapters try to write to the same address
space.)
A device resource is changed (for example, changing
jumper settings).
A device function is changed (for example, assigning
COM1 to two serial ports).
A software program is installed that requires the same
resource as a hardware device.
The steps required to resolve a configuration error are
determined by the number and variety of hardware devices
and software programs that you install. If a hardware
configuration error is detected, a configuration error
message appears after the server completes POST and
before the operating system is loaded. You can bypass
the error by pressing Esc while the error message is
displayed.
The Configuration/Setup Utility program configures the
system hardware and PCI IRQs. The program does not
consider the requirements of the operating system or the
application programs. See “Resolving Software
Configuration Conflicts” on page 37 for additional
information.
Resolving Hardware Configuration
Conflicts: Use the following information to help
resolve hardware configuration conflicts:
1. Run the Configuration/Setup Utility program to view
and change resources used by the system functions
and the installed options. Record the current settings
before making any changes. (See “The
Configuration/Setup Utility Program” on page 25 for
instructions.)
2. Determine which adapter or device is causing the
conflict.
3. Change adapter jumpers or switches. Some devices
use jumpers and switches to define the system
resources that the devices need. If the settings are
incorrect or set to use a resource that cannot be
shared, a conflict occurs and the device will remain
deactivated by the configuration program.
4. Change system jumpers or switches. See “Changing
Jumper Positions” on page 93.
36
Netfinity Server HMM
5. Remove the device or adapter. Some configurations
are not supported. If you must remove an adapter,
see “Working with Adapters” on page 173.
Resolving Software Configuration
Conflicts: The memory-address space and IRQs used
by some hardware options might conflict with addresses
defined for use through application programs or the
expanded memory specification (EMS). (EMS is used only
with DOS.)
If a conflict exists, one or more of the following conditions
might exist:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
The system cannot load the operating system.
The system does not work.
An application program does not operate, or it returns
an error.
Screen messages indicate a conflict exists.
To resolve conflicts, you can change the software or
hardware configuration.
Note
Start the Configuration/Setup Utility program to view
the addresses used by the server functions. (See
“The Configuration/Setup Utility Program” on page 25
for instructions.)
The best way to resolve memory-address conflicts is to
change the addresses used by the application program or
the device driver. You can use the Configuration/Setup
Utility program to change addresses.
If a device driver is causing a memory-address conflict,
refer to the operating-system documentation or the
documentation that comes with the device drivers.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
37
Using the SCSISelect Utility
Note
If the server has a RAID adapter installed, use the
configuration method supplied with the RAID adapter
to view or change SCSI settings for attached devices.
The server comes with a menu-driven configuration utility,
called SCSISelect, that allows you to view and change
SCSI settings.
You can use the SCSISelect Utility to:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
View and change the default SCSI IDs
Verify and change configuration conflicts
Perform a low-level format on a SCSI hard disk
Verify disk media
Starting the SCSISelect Utility:
You can access
this program when you start the server. The SCSISelect
prompt appears after the IBM logo appears. Press Ctrl+A
immediately after the SCSISelect prompt appears:
<<< Press <CTRL><A> for SCSISelect Utility! >>>
Use the Up Arrow (↑) or Down Arrow (↓) key to move the
highlight bar to the various menu choices. Press Esc to
return to the previous menu. Also, you can press the F5
key to switch between color and monochrome modes (if
the monitor permits). To change the settings of the
displayed items, follow the directions on the screen. Then,
press Enter.
SCSISelect Utility Choices:
The following
choices appear on the SCSISelect Utility menu:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Configure/View Host Adapter Settings
SCSI Disk Utilities
Configure/View Host Adapter Settings: To view or
change the SCSI controller settings, select
Configure/View Host Adapter Settings and follow the
directions on the screen.
Note
On the SCSISelect Utility menu, the SCSI controller is
referred to as the Host Adapter.
This menu has the following choices:
Ÿ
Host Adapter SCSI ID
Ÿ
The default SCSI ID of the SCSI controller is 7. Do
not change this value.
SCSI Parity Checking
Ÿ
The default value is Enabled. Do not change this
value.
Host Adapter SCSI Termination
38
Netfinity Server HMM
Ÿ
The default value is Automatic. Do not change this
value.
Boot Device Configuration
Ÿ
Select this choice to configure startable device
parameters. Before you can make updates, you must
know the ID of the device whose parameters you
want to configure.
SCSI Device Configuration
Select this choice to configure SCSI device
parameters. Before you can make updates, you must
know the ID of the device whose parameters you
want to configure.
Note
When the Maximum Sync Transfer Rate is set
to 40.0, this value represents the transfer rate for
UltraSCSI devices. When the Maximum Sync
Transfer Rate is set to 20.0, this value
represents the transfer rate for Fast SCSI
devices.
Ÿ
Advanced Configuration Options
Select this choice to view or change the settings for
advanced configuration options. These options
include enabling support for large hard disk drives
and support for drives with UltraSCSI speed.
To reset the SCSI controller defaults, press F6; then,
follow the directions on the screen.
SCSI Disk Utilities: To see the IDs that are assigned
to each SCSI device or to format a SCSI device, select
SCSI Disk Utilities from the SCSISelect Utility menu.
To use the utility, select a drive from the list. Read the
screens carefully before making a selection.
Note
If the following screen appears, you might have
pressed Ctrl+A before the selected drives were ready.
Restart the server and watch the SCSISelect
messages as each drive spins up. After the drive that
you want to view or format spins up, press Ctrl+A.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
39
à
Unexpected SCSI Command Failure
Target SCSI ID:
4
SCSI CDB Sent:
ð3 ðð ðð ðð ðE ðð ð7 ðð ð2 ðð
ð
Host Adapter Status: ððh - No host adapter error
Target Status:
ð2h - Check condition
Sense Key:
ð2h - Not ready
+Sense Code:
ð4h
+Sense Code Qualifier: ð2h
Press 'Esc' to continue.
á
ñ
Performing a Low-Level Disk Format: You can
use the Format Disk feature of the SCSISelect Utility to
perform a low-level format on a hard disk drive.
Depending on the hard disk drive capacity, the low-level
format program could take up to two hours.
When To Use the Low-Level Format
Program: Use the Low-Level Format program:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
When you are installing software that requires a
low-level format
When you get recurring messages from the diagnostic
tests directing you to run the Low-Level Format
program on the hard disk drive
As a last resort before replacing a failing hard disk
drive
Note
For information about backing up all of the files, see
the operating-system documentation.
40
Netfinity Server HMM
Starting the Low-Level Format Program
Attention
The low-level format program erases all data and
programs.
Note
If the server has a RAID adapter installed, refer to the
RAID adapter documentation for instructions for
performing a low-level format on a hard disk drive
attached to the PCI RAID adapter.
1. If the hard disk is working, make a backup copy of all
the files and programs on the hard disk drive
2. Select Format Disk; then, follow the instructions on
the screen.
Note
Hard disks normally contain more tracks than
their stated capacity (to allow for defective
tracks). A message appears on the screen if the
defect limit is reached. If this happens, replace
the drive.
3. To install an operating system after the hard disk
drive is formatted, follow the instructions in the
“Software and Netfinity Manager Reference” section
of this Server Library.
Verify Disk Media:
The verify disk media utility
scans the drive for defective sectors. All recoverable
information found on defective sectors is remapped to
alternate sectors. This utility also indicates if the drive is
defective. Use this utility if you suspect bad sectors on a
disk drive.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
41
What the IBM Netfinity 7000 M10 Offers
The unique design of the server takes advantage of
advancements in symmetric multiprocessing (SMP), data
storage, and memory management. The server combines:
Ÿ
Impressive performance using an innovative approach
to SMP
The server supports up to four Intel Pentium II Xeon
microprocessors. You can install multiple
microprocessors in the server to enhance
performance and provide SMP capability.
The server is shipped with a Netfinity Advanced
Remote Management Controller. With this adapter, in
conjunction with the Netfinity Manager Advanced
System Management service capabilities of Netfinity
Manager, you can locally and remotely configure and
monitor many features of the server. You can
configure system-management events ( such as
POST, loader, and operating system timeouts or
critical temperature, voltage, and tamper alerts). If
any of these events occur, the Netfinity Advanced
Remote Management Controller can forward an alert
to another resource:
– Another Netfinity Manager or other
service-processor interface, through an Ethernet
network or serial connection
– A standard numeric pager
– An alphanumeric pager
You can dialout and directly access and control a
remote Netfinity Advanced Remote Management
Controller.
In addition, you can remotely monitor, record, and
replay all textual data generated during power-on
self-test (POST) on a remote server with a Netfinity
Advanced Remote Management Controller. While
monitoring a remote system during POST, you can
enter keyboard commands that will be relayed to the
remote system.
Note
The Advanced Remote Management Controller is
sometimes referred to as the system
management adapter.
Ÿ
Large data-storage and hot-swap capabilities
Ÿ
All models of the server support up to four hot-swap
hard disk drives. This hot-swap feature enables you
to remove and replace hard disk drives without
turning off the server.
Hot-plug PCI adapter capabilities
The server has twelve hot-plug slots for PCI adapters.
With operating system support, you can replace
failing hot-plug PCI adapters without turning off the
42
Netfinity Server HMM
Ÿ
server. In addition, you can add PCI adapters in
these slots without turning off the server, if this
hot-add feature is supported by the operating system
and the PCI adapter.
Redundant cooling and power capabilities
The redundant cooling and hot-swap capabilities of
the fans in the server provide for continued operation
if one of the fans fail. You can also replace a failing
fan without turning off the server.
Note
Replace a fan that has failed as soon as
convenient to maintain the redundant cooling
capability of the server.
Ÿ
You can install an additional power supply to provide
redundant power for the server, or if you have an
optional redundant power supply installed, replace a
failing power supply without turning off the server.
Large system memory
Ÿ
The memory bus in the server supports up to 8 GB of
system memory. The memory controller provides
error correcting code (ECC) support for up to 32
industry-standard, 3.3 V, 168-pin, single bank, 8-byte,
dual in-line memory modules.
IBM ServerGuide CDs
The ServerGuide CDs included with IBM Netfinity
servers provide programs to help you set up the
server and install the network operating system
(NOS). The ServerGuide program detects the
hardware options installed, and provides the correct
configuration program and device drivers. In addition,
the ServerGuide CDs include a variety of application
programs such as IBM Update Connector to help
keep the server BIOS and microcode updated, and
IBM Netfinity Manager for systems management.
For more information about the ServerGuide CDs,
see the “Software and Netfinity Manager Reference”
section of this Server Library.
The server is designed to be cost-effective, powerful, and
flexible. It uses peripheral component interconnect (PCI)
bus architectures to provide compatibility with a wide range
of existing hardware devices and software applications.
As always, the IBM server meets stringent worldwide
certifications for power, electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC), and safety. Refer to the “Help and Legal
Information” section of this Server Library for additional
information.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
43
Advanced System Management
Important!
The Advanced System Management service, installed
when you install Netfinity Manager, provides the most
extensive functionality available with your Netfinity
Advanced System Management PCI Adapte. Netfinity
Manager is included with this server. If you do not
install Netfinity Manager, many advanced Netfinity
Advanced System Management PCI Adapte features
will not be available to you. For information on how to
install Netfinity Manager, see “Software and Netfinity
Manager Reference” section of this Server Library.
The following information is for the Advanced System
Management
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
44
“Required Device Drivers” on page 45.
“Device-Driver Installation Instructions” on page 45.
“Starting Advanced System Management” on
page 47.
“Using a Serial Connection to Manage Remote
Advanced System Management Controllers or
Adapters” on page 48.
“Configuration Information” on page 49.
“Configuration Settings” on page 50.
“Modem Settings” on page 54.
“Automatic Dialout Settings” on page 60.
“Event Log” on page 64.
“Operational Parameters” on page 65.
“System Power Control” on page 66.
“Remote POST Console” on page 67.
“Updating System Management Subsystem
Microcode” on page 68.
“Accessing the Advanced System Management
Adapter II without Netfinity Manager” on page 69.
“Establishing a Direct Connection to the Netfinity
Advanced System Management PCI Adapte” on
page 70.
“Netfinity Advanced System Management PCI
Adapter Menus” on page 73.
“System Power Menu Selections” on page 74.
Netfinity Server HMM
Required Device Drivers:
The following device
drivers are required:
Ÿ
For OS/2 operating system
Ÿ
IBMSPO.DLL and IBMSPO.SYS
For Microsoft Windows NT operating system
Ÿ
IBMSPW.DLL and IBMSPW.SYS
For Novell NetWare operating system
IBMSPN.NLM
Notes
1. If you plan to install Netfinity Manager, you must
install the required device drivers before you
install Netfinity Manager.
2. For a list of supported operating systems, see
http://www.pc.ibm.com/us/netfinity/ on the World
Wide Web.
Device-Driver Installation Instructions:
The
device drivers necessary for the Netfinity Advanced
System Management PCI Adapte to function properly can
be installed in one of two ways:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Use the CoPilot ApplicationGuide CD to install the
device drivers.
To install the device drivers with the CoPilot
ApplicationGuide CD follow the instructions provided
in the “Installing Applicati on Programs” section of the
“Software and Netfinity Manager Reference” section
of this Server Library.
Use the CoPilot ApplicationGuide CD and Diskette
Factory to create the diskettes you will need to install
the device drivers.
You will need to create one of the following diskettes:
– IBM Netfinity 7000-M10 Device Drivers for
Advanced System Management, version 1.00
– Advanced System Management Device Driver
Diskette
Follow the Diskette Factory instructions provided on
the ApplicationGuide CoPilot CD to create the
diskettes.
If you choose to use the ApplicationGuide CoPilot CD to
install the device drivers you you will not need to perform
any additional steps to finish installing your device drivers.
If you choose to use Diskette Factory to create diskettes
and manually install the device drivers, use the following
instructions to complete the device driver installation.
1. Insert the diskette labelled IBM Netfinity 7000-M10
Device Drivers for Advanced System Management,
version 1.00 or Advanced System Management
Device Driver Diskette into the primary diskette drive.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
45
Note
For additional information, review the README
file on the diskette.
2. At a command prompt, type the following command
and then press Enter:
Ÿ For OS/2 operating system
Ÿ
a:\os2\setup
For Microsoft Windows NT operating system
Ÿ
a:\nt\setup
For Novell NetWare operating system
load a:\netware\setup
3. You will receive a prompt indicating the location (path
and directory) where the device drivers (files) will be
placed, and asking you if you want the files to be
placed there.
Ÿ If you want the files to be placed in the indicated
directory, press Enter.
Ÿ If you want the files to be placed in a different
directory, specify the desired directory name;
then, press Enter. Be sure to use a valid
directory name, and include the complete path.
4. The required device drivers (files) for your operating
system will be copied onto the hard disk, in the
directory that you selected in step 3.
Ÿ For OS/2 operating system
5.
6.
7.
8.
46
Ÿ
The system will also update the CONFIG.SYS
file.
For Microsoft Windows NT operating system
Ÿ
The system goes into the registry, and all device
drivers are loaded automatically. The device
drivers will run immediately.
For Novell NetWare operating system
The system will also update the
AUTOEXEC.NCF file.
Remove the diskette from the diskette drive.
If you have the Microsoft Windows NT operating
system, go to step 8.
If you have the OS/2 operating system or the Novell
NetWare operating system:
a. Perform the shutdown procedure that your
operating system uses. Refer to your
operating-system documentation for instructions.
b. Press Ctrl+Alt+Del to restart your server. The
device drivers are loaded automatically during
server startup.
You have completed the device-driver installation
procedure.
Netfinity Server HMM
Notes
1. To obtain the current device-driver-diskette image
for your operating system, go to
http://www.pc.ibm.com on the World Wide Web
and download the image to your server.
2. If you want to use IBM Update Connector to
update your device drivers automatically, follow
the instructions in your IBM ServerGuide
package.
Starting Advanced System Management:
To start the Advanced System Management service,
double-click on the Advanced System Management icon in
the Netfinity Service Manager window. Then double-click
on any of the selections available in the Advanced System
Management window to access the function or
configuration information that you need.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Select Configuration Information to view detailed
information about the system management
subsystem, including random-access memory (RAM)
microcode, read-only memory (ROM) microcode, and
device-driver information. For more information on
Configuration Information, see “Configuration
Information” on page 49.
Select Configuration Settings to configure many
features of the system management subsystem.
These features include system identification data,
dial-in security settings, the time and date reported by
the system management subsystem clock, timeout
and delay values, and advanced modem settings.
For more information on Configuration Settings, see
“Configuration Settings” on page 50.
Select Automatic Dialout Settings to configure the
system management subsystems automatic dialout
functions. For more information on Automatic Dialout
Settings, see “Automatic Dialout Settings” on
page 60.
Select Event Log to view the contents of the system
management subsystem Event Log. Information
about all remote access attempts and dialout events
that have occurred is recorded in the system
management subsystem Event Log. For more
information on the Event Log, see “Event Log” on
page 64.
Select Operational Parameters to view the current
values or status of many system components
monitored by the system management subsystem.
For more information on Operational Parameters, see
“Operational Parameters” on page 65.
Select System Power Control to instruct the system
management subsystem to power off the system,
restart the system, or power on the system. For more
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
47
Ÿ
Ÿ
information on System Power Control, see “System
Power Control” on page 66.
Select Remote POST Console to use the system
management subsystem to remotely monitor, record,
and replay all textual output generated during POST
on a remote system that has a supported system
management subsystem. For more information on
using Remote POST, see “Remote POST Console”
on page 67.
To update the microcode on your system
management subsystem, from the Options pulldown
menu, select Update Microcode... and then select
System Management Subsystem. For more
information on updating microcode, see “Updating
System Management Subsystem Microcode” on
page 68.
Using a Serial Connection to Manage
Remote Advanced System Management
Controllers or Adapters: If you want to use your
system's modem to dial out and access the system
management subsystem on a remote system, use Serial
Connection Control to establish a connection with the
remote system and then start the Advanced System
Management service. You can also use Serial Connection
Control to establish a null modem connection to another
system. For more information on Serial Connection
Control, see the Netfinity Manager User's Guide.
48
Netfinity Server HMM
Notes
1. Be sure to check the System Management
Processor check box in the Netfinity Serial
Connection Control window when you create the
Serial Connection Control entry. If this check box
is not checked, the connection with the remote
system management subsystem will fail. A null
modem connection does not require that this box
be checked.
2. When using Serial Connection Control to
configure a Dialout Entry for use by the
Advanced System Management service, be sure
to enter the Login ID and Password for access to
the remote system's system management
subsystem, not the User ID and Password for
access to Netfinity services on the remote
system.
3. When creating a Serial Connection Control entry
to establish a null modem connection to a remote
system's Advanced System Management Adapter
or controller, make sure that the Port Baud Rate
value (configured using the Serial Connection
Control service) is set to match the Baud Rate
value (configured using the Advanced System
Management service) of the target system. If the
Port Baud Rate and the Baud Rate values do
not match, the connection will fail.
Configuration Information: The Configuration
Information window (shown in Figure 1) contains detailed
information about the system management subsystem,
including RAM microcode, ROM microcode, and
device-driver information.
Configuration Information - SP NULL modem
Service Processor Vital Product Information
RAM Firmware
ROM Firmware
Revision :
1
Part Number : 76H6130
File Name :
$80C5102.BIN
Date :
09-09-96
Check Sum : 0
Hardware Revision :
D e v i c e D r i v e r Ve r s i o n :
Cancel
Revision :
10
Part Number : 76H6848
File Name :
$80C5102.BIN
Date :
08-13-97
Check Sum : 80
244
1.0 OS2
Help
Figure 1. The Configuration Information window
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
49
Configuration Settings: Use the selections
available in the Configuration Settings window (see
Figure 2 on page 50) to configure many features of the
system management subsystem. These features include
system identification data, dial-in security settings, the time
and date reported by the system management subsystem
clock, timeout and delay values, and advanced modem
settings.
This window contains:
System Identification group
Dial-in settings group
System Management Subsystem Clock group
POST timeout, Loader timeout, O/S timeout, and
Power off delay fields
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
This window also includes the Modem button. Select
Modem to open the Modem Settings window (see “Modem
Settings” on page 54).
The System Identification Group: The System
Identification group contains two fields to help you identify
the system that contains the system management
subsystem.
Field
Description
Name
Can be used to provide a name for the system, the
name of the system's user, or the name of a contact.
Number
Can be used to identify the system with a specific serial
or identification number, to record the phone number
used to dial into the system, or to provide the phone
number of a contact.
Configuration Settings - SP NULL modem
System Identification
Service Processor Clock
Name :
Number :
Time :
0
:
0
:
0
Date :
1
:
1
:
95
Set service processor clock
Dialin Settins
User Profile to configure:
POST timeout :
0
Disabled
Loader timeout :
0
Disabled
O/S timeout :
0
Disabled
30
Seconds
1
Login ID : tom
Set Password
Power off delay :
Last login : 08-01-97 03:20:09p
Read only access
Dial back enabled
Number : 4858744
Apply
Refresh
Reset
Cancel
Modem
Help
Figure 2. The Configuration Settings window
To change the information provided by these fields:
1. In the Name or Number field, type the system
information you want to record.
2. Select Apply to save this information.
50
Netfinity Server HMM
The Dial-In Settings Group: Use the selections
available in the Dial-In Settings group to enable or disable
dial-in support, and to enable users to dial in and access
the system management subsystem. The Dial-In Settings
group contains the following items.
Item
Description
User profile to
configure
Use the spin buttons to select the user profile
that you want to configure. This service
supports up to twelve separate profiles on IBM
Netfinity 7000 systems.
Login ID
Type in this field the login ID that will be used
by the remote user. Up to 12 Login IDs can
be configured. (This field is case sensitive.)
Note
A Login ID must be specified to remotely
access the system management
subsystem.
Set Password
A password must be provided along with the
Login ID to allow a remote user to access the
system management subsystem. After
providing a Login ID, click on Set Password to
open the Set Password window. (The fields in
the Set Password window are case sensitive.)
Last login
Shows the date and time of the last successful
login by a remote user.
Read only access
If the Read only access check box is
checked, the users whose profile is selected
will not be able to alter any of the system
management subsystem settings when access
is granted. The user will, however, be able to
see all currently configured settings and values
except passwords.
Dial back enabled
If the Dial back enabled check box is
checked, the system management subsystem
will automatically terminate the connection as
soon as the user whose profile is selected logs
in, and will then use the telephone number that
is entered in the Number field to dial out and
attempt to connect with a remote system.
If necessary, select Modem to access the Modem Settings
window (see “Modem Settings” on page 54). From the
Modem Settings window, you can specify modem settings
and dialing settings.
To create a new login ID for a remote user:
1. In the Login ID field, type the ID that will be used by
the remote user. This ID can be up to 8 characters.
2. Remote users must provide a password along with a
login ID in order to access the system management
subsystem. Select Set Password to open the Set
Password window.
From the Set Password window:
a. In the Enter Password field, type a password.
Note
This password must be 5–8 characters in
length and must contain at least one
nonalphanumeric character.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
51
b. In the Re-enter Password field, type the same
password that you typed in the Enter Password
field.
c. Click on OK to save this password and close the
Set Password window.
3. Click on Apply to save the new user ID.
To delete the currently selected login ID:
1. Use the spin buttons beside the User ID to configure
field to select a previously configured User profile.
2. Click on the Login ID field.
3. Using the Backspace or Delete key, delete the
currently displayed login ID.
4. Click on Apply to remove the user ID.
The System Management Subsystem Clock
Group: Use the selections available in the System
Management Subsystem Clock group to set the time and
date that is reported by the system management
subsystem.
To change the currently set time or date:
1. Verify that there is a check in the Set System
Management Subsystem Clock check box. This
check box must be checked to enable the Advanced
System Management to change the currently stored
time and date values.
2. Use the spin buttons beside each field to set the time
or date.
Ÿ The Time fields represent, when viewed from left
to right, hours, minutes, and seconds.
Ÿ The Date fields represent, when viewed from left
to right, month, date, and year.
3. Click on Apply to save the new time and date.
POST Timeout: The POST timeout field shows the
number of seconds that the system management
subsystem will wait for the system's power-on self-test
(POST) to complete before generating a POST Timeout
event. If POST takes longer than the configured amount
of time to complete and the POST timeout check box
(found in the Enabled Alerts Dialout group on the
Automatic Dialout Settings window) is checked, the system
management subsystem will automatically restart the
system one time and will attempt to forward an alert to all
enabled Dialout Entries. Once the system is restarted,
POST timeout is automatically disabled.
To set the POST timeout value, use the spin buttons
beside the POST timeout field to set the number of
seconds that the system management subsystem will wait
for POST to complete. Then, click on Apply to save this
value.
52
Netfinity Server HMM
For more information on the Automatic Dialout Settings
window, see “Automatic Dialout Settings” on page 60.
Loader Timeout: The Loader timeout field shows the
number of seconds that the system management
subsystem will wait for the system's loading process to
complete before generating a Loader Timeout event. The
Loader Timeout measures the amount of time that passes
between the completion of POST and the end of operating
system (O/S) startup. If this takes longer than the
configured amount of time to complete and the Loader
timeout check box (found in the Enabled Alerts Dialout
group of the Automatic Dialout Settings window) is
checked, the system management subsystem will
automatically restart the system one time and will attempt
to forward an alert to all enabled Dialout Entries. Once the
system is restarted, Loader timeout is automatically
disabled.
To set the Loader timeout value, use the spin buttons
beside the Loader timeout field to set the number of
seconds that the system management subsystem will wait
between POST completion and O/S startup before
generating a timeout event. Then, click on Apply to save
this value.
For more information on the Automatic Dialout Settings
window, see “Automatic Dialout Settings” on page 60.
O/S Timeout: A periodic signal is sent from the
Netfinity Advanced System Management PCI Adapter to
the O/S to confirm that the O/S is running properly. The
O/S Timeout event occurs when the O/S the Netfinity
Advanced System Management PCI Adapter performs its
automatic dialout functions if there is no response to the
signal; that is, if the O/S Timeout pulse is not detected.
The O/S timeout field shows the number of seconds that
the system management subsystem will wait for the
system's operating system to respond before generating
an O/S Timeout event. If the O/S takes longer than the
configured amount of time to respond and the device driver
is installed and running correctly, the system management
subsystem will attempt to restart the system, and if the O/S
timeout check box (found in the Enabled Alerts Dialout
group of the Automatic Dialout Settings window) is
checked, the system management subsystem will
automatically restart the system one time and will attempt
to forward an alert to all enabled Dialout Entries.
To set the O/S timeout value, use the spin buttons beside
the O/S timeout field to set the number of seconds that
the system management subsystem will wait for the
system's operating system to respond before generating
an O/S Timeout event. Then, click on Apply to save this
value.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
53
For more information on the Automatic Dialout Settings
window, see “Automatic Dialout Settings” on page 60.
Power Off Delay: The Power off delay field shows
the number of seconds that the system management
subsystem will wait for the system's operating system
shutdown process to complete before powering off the
system.
When the system management subsystem initiates a
power down procedure and the Power off check box
(found in the Enabled Alerts Dialout group of the
Automatic Dialout Settings window) is checked, the system
management subsystem will automatically attempt to
forward an alert to all enabled Dialout Entries. This alert is
forwarded after the system is powered off and the Power
off delay time has passed.
To set the power off delay value, use the spin buttons
beside the Power off delay field to set the number of
seconds that the system management subsystem will wait
for the system's operating system shutdown to complete
before powering off the system. Then, click on Apply to
save this value.
For more information on the Automatic Dialout Settings
window, see “Automatic Dialout Settings” on page 60.
Other Configuration Settings Functions: The
Configurations Settings window also includes three
additional buttons:
Button
Description
Refresh
Select Refresh to update all data that is shown on the
System Management Subsystem Configuration Settings
window, including date, time, and last login.
Reset
Select Reset to set all Advanced System Management
settings back to their default values, including
configuration settings, dialout settings, and advanced
dialout settings.
Important
All previously configured system management
subsystem settings will be permanently lost.
Cancel
Select Cancel to close this window without saving any
changes.
Modem Settings: Use the Modem Settings window
to specify advanced modem and dialing settings. To open
this window, click on Modem from the Configuration
Settings window (see “Configuration Settings” on
page 50).
54
Netfinity Server HMM
Modem Settings - SP NULL modem
Port Configuration
Port Configure :
Baud rate :
Initialization string :
Port selected
1
Null modem
9600
&FE0&C1&D2&H38Q9S0=0
Caller ID string :
Dialing Settings
Own port when booted
Dialin enabled
Dialout retry limit :
0
Dialout retry delay :
30
Apply
Refresh
Dialout number spacing :
Dialin delay (minutes) :
Cancel
15
0
Help
Figure 3. The Modem Settings window
The Port Configuration Group: Use the Modem
Settings group to specify and configure the modem that
will be used to forward the alert when a System
Management Subsystem Dialout Event occurs. The Port
Configuration group contains the following items.
Item
Description
Port to configure
Use the spin buttons to select the port that
your modem is configured to use. This spin
button will show only values that are
available for use by your system
management subsystem.
The port that you select to use affects the
availability of the modem for use by either
the system management subsystem or the
operating system. You can select Port A,
Port B, or Port C.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Baud rate
If you select Port A on a Netfinity 7000
server, the modem will be available for
use by the operating system until the
system management subsystem uses
the modem for the first time. After the
system management subsystem takes
control of the modem, the operating
system will not be able to access or use
the modem until the operating system is
restarted.
If you select Port B on a Netfinity 7000
server, the modem will be dedicated for
use by the operating system only. The
system management subsystem will not
be able to access a modem that is
configured to use Port B.
If you select Port C on a Netfinity 7000
server, the modem will be dedicated for
use by the system management
subsystem only. The operating system
will not be able to access a modem that
is configured to use Port C.
Use the spin buttons to specify the baud rate
of the modem.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
55
Item
Description
Initialization string
Type the initialization string that will be used
for the specified modem. A default string is
provided (ATE0). Do not change this string
unless your dialout functions are not working
properly. If you need to change the
initialization string, see “Initialization String
Guidelines” on page 59.
Caller ID string
Type the initialization string that will be used
to get Caller ID information from the modem.
Port selected
This check box indicates whether the port
number currently displayed in the Port to
configure field is the port that is currently
designated for use by the system
management subsystem. Check this check
box if you want to configure the System
Management Subsystem to use the currently
displayed port number.
Null modem
Check this check box to use a null modem
connection to allow access from a remote
Netfinity system.
Note
If the Null modem check box is
checked, you cannot send dialout
alerts to other systems using a modem
or receive dialout alerts from other
systems.
Return to factory
settings string
Type the initialization string that returns the
modem to its factory settings when the
modem is initialized. The default is AT&F0.
Query string
Type the initialization string that is used to
find out if the modem is attached. The
default is AT.
Escape string
Type the initialization string that returns the
modem to command mode when it is
currently talking to another modem
(connected). The default is +++.
Escape guard time
Type in this field the length of time before
and after the escape string is issued to the
modem. This value is measured in 10
millisecond intervals. The default value is 1
second.
Dial prefix string
Type the initialization string that is used
before the number to be dialed. The default
is ATDT.
Dial postfix string
Type the initialization string that is used after
the number is dialed to tell the modem to
stop dialing. The default is the Carriage
Return character or [M.
Auto-answer string
Type the initialization string that is used to
tell modem to answer the phone when it
rings. The default is to answer after two
rings or ATS0=2.
Auto-answer stop
Type the initialization string that is used to
tell the modem to stop answering the phone
automatically when it rings. The default is
ATS0=0.
The Dialing Settings Group: Use the Dialing
Settings group to specify settings related to the modem,
and to configure the modem that is used to forward an
alert when a System Management Subsystem Dialout
Event occurs. The Dialing Settings group contains the
following items.
56
Netfinity Server HMM
Item
Description
Dial-in enabled
Check this check box to enable remote users
to dial into and access the system
management subsystem. If this box is
unchecked, remote users will be unable to
remotely access the system management
subsystem. Click on Apply after checking or
unchecking this check box to save the new
setting.
Dialout retry limit
Use the spin buttons to select the number of
additional times that the Advanced System
Management will attempt to forward an alert.
The Dialout Retry Limit applies only to
attempts to forward the alert information to
an alphanumeric pager. If you are
forwarding the alert information to either a
Netfinity system or a numeric pager, only one
attempt will be made to forward this
information.
Dialout retry delay
Use the spin buttons to specify the number
of seconds that the Advanced System
Management will wait before retrying a
dialout attempt.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
57
Item
Description
Own port on startup
Check this check box to reserve a serial port
for exclusive use by the system management
subsystem. If the system management
subsystem is built into your system, checking
this box will reserve one of your system's
serial ports. If the system management
subsystem is an adapter, checking this box
will reserve one of the adapter's integrated
communications ports. Click on Apply after
checking or unchecking this check box to
save the new setting.
Notes
1. Check this box if you are
configuring your system for dial-in
access. If this check box is not
checked, you will be unable to dial
into this system unless the system
management subsystem has
reclaimed the port for a dialout. If
you want to configure the system
management subsystem to always
be dial-in enabled, regardless of
whether the system is currently
powered up, you must check this
check box. When this check box
is checked, you cannot configure
the specified port for use by your
system.
2. Only the dedicated management
port (C) and the shared serial port
(A) are available for use by the
Netfinity Advanced System
Management PCI Adapter. The
other serial port (B) is only
available for use by the operating
system.
3. Port C is dedicated for use by the
Netfinity Advanced System
Management PCI Adapter only.
Port A is used by the operating
system, and is available to the
Netfinity Advanced System
Management PCI Adapter only
when one of the following
conditions exists:
Dialout number spacing
58
Ÿ
The server is powered off
Ÿ
The Netfinity Advanced
System Management PCI
Adapter needs a port to
perform a Critical Dialout
Event (in this case, the
Netfinity Advanced System
Management PCI Adapter
seizes control of the port
from the operating system,
dials out, and then powers
off the server to avoid
damage to your hardware).
If you have configured more than one Dialout
Entry to forward alerts, the system
management subsystem will attempt to
contact each of these entries sequentially.
Use the spin buttons to specify the number
of seconds for the system management
subsystem to wait between dialout attempts
for separate Dialout Entries.
Netfinity Server HMM
Item
Description
Dial-in delay (minutes)
The Dial-in delay (minutes) field shows the
number of minutes that must pass after an
incorrect User ID or Password has been
used in five successive dial-in attempts
before valid dial-in access will be permitted.
After the fifth successive login failure, dial-in
access is disabled for the number of minutes
that you specify, the system management
subsystem adds an entry in the Event Log
noting that dial-in access was suspended
due to five successive login failures, and the
system management subsystem attempts to
forward an alert if the Tamper Enabled Alerts
Dialout check box has been checked (see
Figure 4 on page 60).
Initialization String Guidelines: If you need to
provide a new initialization string, refer to the user's guide
that came with your modem. Your initialization string must
contain commands that configure your modem as follows:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Command echoing OFF
Online character echoing OFF
Result codes ENABLED
Verbal result codes ENABLED
All codes and Connect messages with BUSY and DT
detection
Protocol identifiers added – LAPM/MNP/NONE
V42bis/MNP5
Normal CD operations
DTR ON-OFF hang-up, disable AA and return to
command mode
CTS hardware flow control
RTS control of receive data to computer
Queued and nondestructive break, no escape state
Note
The acronyms in these commands have the following
meanings:
AA
CD
CTS
DT
DTR
RTS
Auto Answer
Carrier Detect
Clear to Send
Data Transfer
Data Terminal Ready
Ready to Send
Changing Dialout Entry Settings: To apply settings
to a selected Dialout Entry:
1. Specify Modem Settings.
2. Specify Dialing Settings.
3. Click on Apply to save these settings and return to
the Automatic Dialout Settings window.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
59
Automatic Dialout Settings: Use the Automatic
Dialout Settings window (shown in Figure 4 on page 60)
to configure the system management subsystem's
automatic dialout functions. If you configure a Dialout
Entry, the system management subsystem will attempt to
forward an alert to a remote Netfinity system, a numeric
pager, or an alphanumeric pager when any of the events
selected from the Enabled Alerts Dialout group occur.
This alert will contain information about the nature of the
event that occurred, the time and date at which the event
occurred, and the name of the system that generated the
alert.
You can configure the Netfinity Advanced System
Management PCI Adapter to dial out to multiple pagers or
Netfinity Manager systems in response to individual critical
and non-critical dialout events. Therefore, the Dialout
status text will read DIALOUT ON as soon as the first
telephone number dialout begins, then change to
DIALOUT OFF when the dialout is completed, then change
to DIALOUT ON again when the second telephone number
is dialed, then change to DIALOUT OFF when the dialout
is completed, and so on. If you click on Stop Dialout, the
Netfinity Advanced System Management PCI Adapter
hangs up, abandons the currently active dialout function,
and moves on to the next one.
Your system management subsystem can be configured
with up to six separate Dialout Entries.
Automatic Dialout Settings - SP NULL modem
Dialout Entry Information
Name :
NULL modem
Number :
Ty p e :
Pin :
Netfinity
Entry Enabled
Delete
Stop dialout
Dialout Status : DIAlOUT OFF
Enabled Alerts Dialout
Critical
Temperature
Multiple fan failure
System
POST timeout
Vo l t a g e
Power failure
Loader timeout
Ta m p e r
Hard drive
O/S timeout
Boot failure
Non-critical
Redundant power supply
Power off
Te m p e r a t u r e
Power on
Single fan failure
Application
Apply/Add
Refresh
Cancel
Help
Figure 4. The Automatic Dialout Settings window
60
Netfinity Server HMM
Dialout Entry Information Group: To edit or create
a Dialout Entry:
1. In the Name field, type the name of the person or
system to which the alert will be forwarded. The
information in the Name field is strictly for your use in
identifying the Dialout Entry. If you are editing a
previously configured Dialout Entry, select the entry
that you want to edit from the Name selection list.
2. In the Number field, type the telephone number that
will be used by the system's modem to dial out to a
digital pager service. After the modem connects to
the pager service, it will send numeric data specific to
the dialout event.
Note
Depending on your paging service, you might
need to increase the amount of time that this
alert action waits after dialing the telephone
number before it transmits the numeric data. To
increase the amount of time that will pass before
the numeric data is transmitted, add one or more
commas (,) to the end of the telephone number.
Each comma will cause the modem to wait two
seconds before transmitting the numeric data.
3. In the PIN field, type the personal identification
number required by your alphanumeric pager
provider. This field will be active only if you select
Alpha-numeric in the Type field.
4. From the Type selection list, select the type of
connection the system management subsystem will
attempt to make in order to forward the event
notification. You can select Numeric (for standard
pagers), Alpha-numeric (for alphanumeric pagers), or
Netfinity (for connecting to a remote Netfinity system).
5. Check the Entry enabled check box to activate this
Dialout Entry. If the Entry enabled check box is not
checked, no dialouts will be made to this entry.
6. Select dialout events from the Enabled Alerts
Dialout group. If any of the checked events occur,
the system management subsystem will dial out to
the telephone number specified in the Number field
and forward an alert describing the event using the
method selected in the Type field. For more detailed
information about dialout events, see “Enabled Alerts
Dialout Group” on page 62.
7. Click on Apply/Add to save these settings.
To remove a previously configured Dialout Entry, select the
name of the entry from the Name selection list and then
select Delete.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
61
Enabled Alerts Dialout Group: Use the selections
available in the Enabled Alerts Dialout group to specify
which system management subsystem events will result in
all currently configured Dialout Entries being contacted by
the system management subsystem. Any selected items
will, if detected by the system management subsystem,
result in an alert describing the event being forwarded,
using the method selected in the Type field, to the
recipient specified by the Dialout Entry.
If the alert is being forwarded to a pager, Advanced
System Management will include information about the
event that triggered the alert. If the alert is forwarded to a
numeric (or standard), pager, the page will include a code
number that corresponds to the triggering event. If the
alert is forwarded to an alphanumeric pager, the page will
include both a code number and a text string that describe
the triggering event. For more information on the numeric
codes and text strings that are transmitted to pagers, refer
to the following tables.
The Enabled Alerts Dialout group is divided into the
Critical, Non-critical, and System groups. The Critical
Enabled Alerts Dialout group contains the following items.
Item
Description (if checked)
Numeric
Code
Text
String
Temperature
The system management
subsystem will dial out and
then automatically initiate a
system shutdown if any
monitored temperatures
exceed their threshold
values.
00
Temperature
Voltage
The system management
subsystem will dial out if
the voltages of any
monitored power sources
fall outside their specified
operational ranges.
01
Voltage
Tamper
The system management
subsystem will add an
entry in the Event Log if six
consecutive remote login
attempts fail.
02
Tamper
Multiple fan
failure
The system management
subsystem will dial out if
two (or more) of the
system's cooling fans fail
and will automatically
initiate a system shutdown.
03
Multiple
Fan
Failure
Power failure
The system management
subsystem will dial out if
the system's power supply
fails.
04
Power
Failure
Hard disk drive
The system management
subsystem will dial out if
one or more of the hard
disk drives in the system
fail.
05
Hard
Drive
62
Netfinity Server HMM
Item
Description (if checked)
Numeric
Code
Text
String
Voltage regulator
module failure
The system management
subsystem will dial out and
then automatically initiate a
system shutdown if the
voltage regulator module
(VRM) fails.
06
VRM
Failure
The Non-critical Enabled Alerts Dialout group contains the
following items.
Item
Description (if checked)
Numeric
Code
Text String
Temperature The system management
subsystem will dial out if
any monitored
temperatures exceed their
threshold values.
However, unlike the Critical
Temperature event, this
Alerts Dialout will not
initiate a system shutdown
automatically.
12
Non-critical
Temperature
Single
fan
failure
The system management
subsystem will dial out if
one of the system's cooling
fans fail.
11
Single Fan Failure
Voltage
The system management
subsystem will dial out if
any of the monitored
voltages exceed their
threshold values.
13
Voltage
The System Enabled Alerts Dialout group contains the
following items.
Item
Description (if checked)
Numeric
Code
Text String
POST
timeout
The system management
subsystem will dial out if
the POST timeout value
(specified in the System
Management Subsystem
Configuration Settings
window) is exceeded.
20
POST Hang
Loader
timeout
The system management
subsystem will dial out if
the Loader timeout value
(specified in the System
Management Subsystem
Configuration Settings
window) is exceeded.
26
Loader Watchdog
Failure
O/S
timeout
The system management
subsystem will dial out if
the O/S timeout value
(specified in the System
Management Subsystem
Configuration Settings
window) is exceeded.
21
OS Hang
Power
off
The system management
subsystem will dial out if
the system is powered off.
23
System Power Off
Power
on
The system management
subsystem will dial out if
the system is powered on.
24
System Power On
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
63
Item
Description (if checked)
Numeric
Code
Text String
Application
The system management
subsystem will dial out if it
receives a Netfinity alert
(Netfinity can forward alerts
directly to the system
management subsystem
using the Alert Manager
Forward Alert to System
Management Subsystem
action).
22
Application Logged
Event
PFA
The system management
subsystem will dial out if it
receives a Predictive
Failure Analysis (PFA) alert
from the system.
27
PFA
Event Log:
Use Event Log to open the System
Management Subsystem Logs window (shown in
Figure 5). This window contains all entries that are
currently stored in the system management subsystem
event log. Information about all remote access attempts
and dialout events that have occurred is recorded in the
system management subsystem event log.
System Power Control - SP NULL modem
Event Log
08-19-97
08-18-97
08-18-97
08-18-97
08-17-97
08-17-97
08-17-97
08-14-97
08-14-97
08-14-97
08-19-97
08-19-97
10:24:35a
05:03:05p
04:07:00p
04:04:34p
01:17:28p
01:16:18p
0 1 : 11 : 2 7 p
11 : 0 6 : 0 9 a
11 : 0 6 : 0 1 a
11 : 0 3 : 0 9 a
10:29:25a
10:28:44a
Refresh
SERVPROC Remote logon. User ID : BOB
SERVPROC Remote logon. User ID : BOB
SERVPROC System complex reset. Source: Remote request
SERVPROC Remote logon. User ID : BOB
SERVPROC System complex reset. Source: Remote request
SERVPROC Remote logon. User ID : BOB
SERVPROC Modem configured but not responding.
SERVPROC Modem configured but not responding.
NETFIN Ap:
_ 0 0 0 0 T: U N K U N K S : 3 h e l l o 2 S y s t e m : LY N X
SERVPROC Remote logon. User ID : BOB
SERVPROC Remote logon. User ID : BOB
SERVPROC Event log cleared.
Clear Log
Cancel
Help
Figure 5. The System Management Subsystem Logs
window
64
Netfinity Server HMM
Notes
1. If you are using the Advanced System
Management service with an Netfinity Advanced
System Management PCI Adapter installed in a
Netfinity 7000 server, the event log might contain
entries that begin with the text “I2C Message.”
These messages are normal and are intended for
use by IBM servicers in the event of system
problems.
2. If you are using the Advanced System
Management service with a Netfinity 7000 server,
the event log will also include any POST error
messages.
The following functions are available from the Options
pulldown menu in the System Management Subsystem
Logs window:
Ÿ
Load
Ÿ
Refreshes the contents of the System Management
Subsystem Logs window.
Print to File
Ÿ
Saves the contents of the System Management
Subsystem Logs window to a text file.
Print to Printer
Ÿ
Sends the contents of the System Management
Subsystem Logs window to a printer attached to your
system.
Clear Log
Erases all entries that are currently stored in the
system management subsystem Event Log (including
any entries that are not currently visible in the System
Management Subsystem Log window).
Note
Once you use Clear Log to erase the entries in
the system management subsystem Event Log,
they are permanently erased and cannot be
retrieved.
Operational Parameters:
The Operational
Parameters window (see Figure 6 on page 66) shows the
current values or status of many system components
monitored by the system management subsystem.
Available values include:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Power supply voltages (including +5 V ac, +12 V ac,
-3.3 V ac, -12 V ac; Netfinity 7000 servers feature
additional -5 V ac and Voltage Regulation Module
[VRM] monitors).
Current temperatures and threshold levels for system
components such as far-end adapter, center adapter,
microprocessors, I/O board, and DASD backplane.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
65
Note
Monitored system components vary by system
management subsystem.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
System state (including O/S started, O/S running,
POST started, POST stopped (error detected), and
system powered off/state unknown).
System power status (on or off).
Power on hours; the total number of hours that the
system has been powered on. (This is a cumulative
count of all powered-on hours, not a count of hours
since the last system restart).
Figure 6. The Operational Parameters window
System Power Control:
Use the System Power
Control window to instruct the system management
subsystem to power off the system, restart the system, or
power on the system. To initiate any of the power control
options, you must first check the Enable power control
options check box. If this check box is unchecked, the
Power Control Options field will not be available.
System Power Control - SP NULL modem
Enable power control options
Power Control Options
Power off with O/S shutdown.
P o w e r o f f n o w.
P o w e r o n n o w.
Restart the system with O/s shutdown.
R e s t a r t t h e s y s t e m n o w.
Apply
Cancel
Help
Figure 7. The System Power Control window
The following System Power Control functions are
available at all times.
66
Netfinity Server HMM
Function
Description
Power off with O/S
shutdown
Performs an O/S shutdown before
removing power from the system.
Power off now
Immediately removes power from the
system.
Restart the system with O/S
shutdown
Performs an O/S shutdown, removes
power from the system, and then restores
power to the system.
Restart the system now
Immediately removes and then restores
power to the system.
If you are connected to the system management
subsystem through a modem, the Power on now selection
will also be available. This function powers up the system
and allows the microprocessor to perform POST, loading,
and O/S startup procedures.
To initiate a Power Control Option:
1. Check the Enable power control options check box.
Note
To initiate any of the power control options, you
must first check the Enable power control
options check box. If this check box is
unchecked, the Power Control Options field will
not be available.
2. From the Power Control Options field, select the
Power Control Option you want to activate.
3. Click on Apply.
Remote POST Console:
You can use the
Advanced System Management Remote POST Console
function to remotely monitor, record, and replay all textual
output generated during POST. To monitor and record the
POST data on a remote system:
1. Connect to the remote system's system management
subsystem.
2. Open the Remote POST window.
3. Restart the remote system (using the Advanced
System Management's System Power Control
functions).
All POST data will be displayed in and recorded by the
Remote POST Console as the remote system completes
POST. While you are monitoring POST on a remote
system, all local keystrokes are relayed automatically to
the remote system, enabling you to interact with the POST
process on the remote system.
To review data after POST completes, disconnect from the
remote system and use the Replay functions.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
67
POST has started
Replay
Help
IBM SurePath BIOS - © Copyright IBM Corporation 1997
SMP system with 1 processor(s) : BPS is P1 and no AP present...
Pentium Pro Ô 180 MHz
~~~~ ~~
~~~~ ~~
~~~~ ~~
Press F1 for Configuration/Setup
>> Build ID - RAET39AUS, BIOS Revision 7 <<
Figure 8. The Remote POST window
Use the selections available in the Replay pull-down menu
to replay the textual output that was captured during the
last Remote POST operation. All text that was displayed
by the remote system during POST will be displayed as it
appeared on the remote system.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
To begin playing the recorded POST data, or to
resume playing the recorded POST data after
stopping playback, click on Replay Last POST.
To halt playback of the recorded POST data, click on
Stop.
To resume viewing the recorded POST data from the
beginning, click on Restart.
Select Fast, Medium, or Slow to specify the speed at
which the recorded POST data is displayed in the
Remote POST window.
Note
Remote POST data can be replayed only when you
are not connected to a remote system's system
management subsystem.
Updating System Management Subsystem
Microcode: To update the system management
subsystem microcode:
1. From the Options pulldown menu, select Update
Microcode... and then select System Management
Subsystem.
A file selection window appears.
2. Use the file selection window to select the source disk
drive (or diskette drive) and directory where the
system management subsystem microcode update is
located.
3. Select OK to continue.
4. Warning notices will appear, asking that you verify
that you want to continue. Select OK to continue or
Cancel to stop the microcode update process.
68
Netfinity Server HMM
5. When you have verified that you want to proceed with
updating the system management subsystem
microcode, the Advanced System Management
service will apply the microcode update to the system
management subsystem.
During this process, some of the monitoring functions
of some system management subsystems (such as
the environmental monitors available with the Netfinity
7000 Netfinity Advanced System Management PCI
Adapter) will be disabled. Once the microcode
update is complete, all system monitoring will resume.
Accessing the Advanced System
Management Adapter II without Netfinity
Manager: If you are unable to use Netfinity Manager
to access and manage your Netfinity Advanced System
Management PCI Adapter, you can use a terminal program
and a modem to connect directly to the Netfinity Advanced
System Management PCI Adapter. This modem should be
connected to serial port A or management port C to use
the remote functions. (Refer to your server User's
Handbook for information on serial port A and
management port C. For more information on configuring
the Netfinity Advanced System Management PCI Adapter
modem, see “Modem Settings” on page 54.)
Also, if the Netfinity Advanced System Management PCI
Adapter is attached to and configured to use a TCPIP
network (using the Ethernet port), you can use a TELNET
session or web browser to connect to the Netfinity
Advanced System Management PCI Adapter.
When connected, you will be able to access a variety of
monitor, configuration, and error log data. You can also:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Power the remote system on or off
Shut down and restart the server
Initiate remote video mode on the system
management subsystem
Remote video mode enables you to remotely monitor
all textual output generated during POST. All POST
data will be displayed in the terminal program window
as the remote system completes POST. While you
are monitoring POST on the remote system, all local
keystrokes are relayed automatically to the remote
system, enabling you to use POST utilities (such as
system configuration, redundant array of independent
disks [RAID] mini-configuration program, and
diagnostic programs) that can be accessed during
POST.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
69
Establishing a Direct Connection to the
Netfinity Advanced System Management
PCI Adapte: You can establish a direct connection to
the Netfinity Advanced System Management PCI Adapter
in one of three ways:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Connect using a serial connection and a terminal
program
Connect using a TCPIP network connection and a
TELNET session
Connect using a TCPIP network connection and a
web browser
Using a Terminal Program to Connect: To use a
terminal program to establish a connection with the
system management subsystem:
1. Use a terminal program to establish a connection with
the system management subsystem modem.
Use the following modem settings:
Baud
57.6 k
Data Bits
8
Parity
None
Stop Bits
1
Flow Control Hardware
2. Dial the Netfinity Advanced System Management PCI
Adapte.
3. Log in to the system management subsystem.
When you have established a connection with the
system management subsystem, you will be
prompted for a username and password. You must
provide a username and password combination that
has been previously configured for use with the
system management subsystem.
You can use one of two username and password
combinations:
Ÿ The default username (USERID) and password
(PASSW0RD)
Note
The default username and password are
case sensitive. You must use all caps, and
the “0” in PASSW0RD is the numeral zero.
Ÿ
70
A username and password that you define using
the Advanced System Management service and
Netfinity Manager
Netfinity Server HMM
Important
For security purposes, change the username and
password using the Advanced System
Management service. For more information, see
“Configuration Settings” on page 50.
If you update the system management
subsystem microcode, the default username
(USERID) and password (PASSW0RD) are reset.
If you had previously changed them, you will
need to change them again.
When you have logged in, you will be presented with the
Netfinity Advanced System Management PCI Adapter
menu system. For more information, see “Netfinity
Advanced System Management PCI Adapter Menus” on
page 73
Using a TELNET Session to Connect: To use a
TELNET session to establish a connection with the
system management subsystem:
1. TELNET to the TCPIP address that has been
assigned to the Netfinity Advanced System
Management PCI Adapter.
2. Log in to the system management subsystem.
When you have established a connection with the
system management subsystem, you will be
prompted for a username and password. You must
provide a username and password combination that
has been previously configured for use with the
system management subsystem.
You can use one of two username and password
combinations:
Ÿ The default username (USERID) and password
(PASSW0RD)
Note
The default username and password are
case sensitive. You must use all caps, and
the “0” in PASSW0RD is the numeral zero.
Ÿ
A username and password that you define using
the Advanced System Management service and
Netfinity Manager
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
71
Important
For security purposes, change the username and
password using the Advanced System
Management service. For more information, see
“Configuration Settings” on page 50.
If you update the system management
subsystem microcode, the default username
(USERID) and password (PASSW0RD) are reset.
If you had previously changed them, you will
need to change them again.
When you have logged in, you will be presented with the
Netfinity Advanced System Management PCI Adapter
menu system. For more information, see “Netfinity
Advanced System Management PCI Adapter Menus” on
page 73
Using a Web Browser to Connect: To use a web
browser to establish a connection with the system
management subsystem:
1. Type in the location or URL address field of your web
broswer the TCPIP address that has been assigned
to the Netfinity Advanced System Management PCI
Adapter.
2. Log in to the system management subsystem.
When you have established a connection with the
system management subsystem, you will be
prompted for a username and password. You must
provide a username and password combination that
has been previously configured for use with the
system management subsystem.
You can use one of two username and password
combinations:
Ÿ The default username (USERID) and password
(PASSW0RD)
Note
The default username and password are
case sensitive. You must use all caps, and
the “0” in PASSW0RD is the numeral zero.
Ÿ
72
A username and password that you define using
the Advanced System Management service and
Netfinity Manager
Netfinity Server HMM
Important
For security purposes, change the username and
password using the Advanced System
Management service. For more information, see
“Configuration Settings” on page 50.
If you update the system management
subsystem microcode, the default username
(USERID) and password (PASSW0RD) are reset.
If you had previously changed them, you will
need to change them again.
When you have logged in, you will be presented with the
Netfinity Advanced System Management PCI Adapter
menu system. For more information, see “Netfinity
Advanced System Management PCI Adapter Menus”
Netfinity Advanced System Management
PCI Adapter Menus: When you have logged into
the system management subsystem, the following main
menu appears:
2
3
4
5
6
7
B
Y
Z
Monitors
Error Logs
System Management Adapter Configuration
System Services
System Power
Boot
Remote Terminal Status
Disconnect Current Logon
Start Remote Video
To access a menu item, press the number or letter that
corresponds to the information that you want to access (or,
if you are using a web browser to access the Netfinity
Advanced System Management PCI Adapter, click on the
menu selection that corresponds to the information that
you want to access). After you select a menu item,
subsequent menus will offer more specific information that
pertains to the selection you made from the main menu.
To return to the main menu, press the Esc key.
Note
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Selecting Y Disconnect Current Logon ends
the current session and requires you to enter a
new username and password before continuing.
Selecting Read displays the last entry.
Selecting Read Last steps backwards through
the entries.
Selecting Write executes the command.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
73
Menu Selection
Data Available for Viewing
Monitors
I/O board temperature, CPU
temperatures, voltage readings,
voltage regulator module readings, fan
status
Error Logs
Contents of system error log
System Management
Adapter Configuration
System management subsystem
modem configuration, dial-out entries,
dial-out alerts, dial-in logins, system
status, thresholds, system statistics,
vital product data (VPD) information,
and system state
System Services
Status of system management
subsystem watchdog timers and event
alerts sent to the host system.
System Power
Current system power status,
power-off configuration, and power-off
delay values.
Note
You can use selections available
from the System Power menu
to power the system on or off.
For more information, see
“System Power Menu
Selections” on page 74.
Boot
You can use selections available from
the Boot menu to shutdown and
restart your system or to restart the
system management subsystem. For
more information, see “Boot Menu
Selections” on page 76.
Remote Terminal Status
Current remote terminal status
Start Remote Video
Use Start Remote Video to enable
your terminal program to remotely
monitor and manage the server during
POST. For more information, see
“Using Remote Video Mode to Monitor
and Access POST” on page 77.
When you are finished accessing the system management
subsystem using a terminal program, select Disconnect
Current Logon from the main menu and then use your
terminal program to close the connection to the system
management subsystem.
System Power Menu Selections: You can use
the selections available from the System Power menu to:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
View data regarding the current server power status
View data regarding the server power configuration
Power the server off
Power the server on
To access these functions:
1. Use a terminal program, TELNET session, or web
browser to establish a connection with the system
management subsystem modem.
2. Log in to the system management subsystem.
When you have established a connection with the
system management subsystem, you will be
74
Netfinity Server HMM
prompted for a username and password. You must
provide a username and password combination that
has been previously configured for use with the
system management subsystem. You can use one of
two username and password combinations:
Ÿ The default username (USERID) and password
(PASSW0RD)
Note
The default username and password are
case sensitive. You must use all caps, and
the “0” in PASSW0RD, is the numeral zero.
Ÿ
A username and password that you define using
the Advanced System Management service and
Netfinity Manager
Important
For security purposes, change the username and
password using the Advanced System
Management service. For more information see
“Configuration Settings” on page 50.
If you update the system management
subsystem microcode, the default username
(USERID) and password (PASSW0RD) are reset.
If you had previously changed them, you will
need to change them again.
When you have logged into the system management
subsystem, the following main menu appears:
2
3
4
5
6
7
B
Y
Z
Monitors
Error Logs
System Management Adapter Configuration
System Services
System Power
Boot
Remote Terminal Status
Disconnect Current Logon
Start Remote Video
3. Select 6 System Power.
The following System Power menu appears:
1
2
3
4
Current Power Status
Power Configuration
Power On
Power Off
4. Select a System Power menu item.
Ÿ Select 1 Current power Status for information
about the current server power status.
Ÿ Select 2 Power Configuration for information
about the server power configuration.
Ÿ Select 3 Power On to power the server on (if it
is currently powered off).
Ÿ Select 4 Power Off to power the server off (if it
is currently powered on).
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
75
Boot Menu Selections: You can use the
selections available from the Boot menu to:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Shut down the server operating system and then
restart the server
Restart the server immediately, without first
performing an operating system shutdown
Restart the system management subsystem
To access these functions:
1. Use a terminal program, TELNET session, or web
browser to establish a connection with the system
management subsystem modem.
2. Log in to the system management subsystem.
When you have established a connection with the
system management subsystem, you will be
prompted for a username and password. You must
provide a username and password combination that
has been previously configured for use with the
system management subsystem. You can use one of
two username and password combinations:
Ÿ The default username (USERID) and password
(PASSW0RD)
note
The default username and password are
case sensitive. You must use all caps, and
the “0” in PASSW0RD, is the numeral zero.
Ÿ
A username and password that you define using
the Advanced System Management service and
Netfinity Manager
Important
For security purposes, change the username and
password using the Advanced System
Management service. For more information see
“Configuration Settings” on page 50.
If you update the system management
subsystem microcode, the default username
(USERID) and password (PASSW0RD) are reset.
If you had previously changed them, you will
need to change them again.
When you have logged into the system management
subsystem, the following main menu appears:
2
3
4
5
6
7
B
Y
Z
76
Monitors
Error Logs
System Management Adapter Configuration
System Services
System Power
Boot
Remote Terminal Status
Disconnect Current Logon
Start Remote Video
Netfinity Server HMM
3. Select 7 Boot.
The following Boot menu appears:
1 Reboot w/OS Shutdown
2 Reboot immediately
3 Restart SP
4. Select a Boot menu item.
Ÿ Select 1 Reboot w/OS Shutdown to shutdown
the server operating system and then restart the
server.
Ÿ Select 2 Reboot immediately to restart the
server immediately, without first shutting down
the operating system.
Ÿ Select 3 Restart SP to restart the system
management subsystem.
Using Remote Video Mode to Monitor and
Access POST: You can use a terminal program,
TELNET session, or web browser to remotely monitor all
textual output generated during POST. All POST data will
be displayed in the terminal program window as the
remote system completes POST. While you are
monitoring POST on the remote system, all local
keystrokes are relayed automatically to the remote system,
enabling you to use POST utilities (such as system
configuration, RAID mini-configuration program, or
diagnostic programs) that can be accessed during POST.
To use Remote Video Mode to monitor and access POST
on the server:
1. Use a terminal program, TELNET session, or web
browser to establish a connection with the system
management subsystem modem.
2. Log in to the system management subsystem.
When you have established a connection with the
system management subsystem, you will be
prompted for a username and password. You must
provide a username and password combination that
has been previously configured for use with the
system management subsystem. You can use one of
two username and password combinations:
Ÿ The default username (USERID) and password
(PASSW0RD)
Note
The default username and password are
case sensitive. You must use all caps, and
the “0” in PASSW0RD, is the numeral zero.
Ÿ
A username and password that you define using
the Advanced System Management service and
Netfinity Manager
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
77
Important
For security purposes, change the username and
password using the Advanced System
Management service. For more information, see
“Configuration Settings” on page 50.
If you update the system management
subsystem microcode, the default username
(USERID) and password (PASSW0RD) are reset.
If you had previously changed them, you will
need to change them again.
When you have logged into the system management
subsystem, the following main menu appears:
2
3
4
5
6
7
B
Y
Z
Monitors
Error Logs
System Management Adapter Configuration
System Services
System Power
Boot
Remote Terminal Status
Disconnect Current Logon
Start Remote Video
3. Start (or restart) the server.
Ÿ If the remote server is currently powered off:
a. Select 6 System Power from the main
menu.
b. Select 4 Power On from the System Power
menu.
Ÿ If the server is currently powered on, you must
restart the server. You can use selections from
the System Power menu or the Boot menu to
restart the server in several ways.
To restart the server using System Power menu
selection:
a. Select 6 System Power from the main
menu.
b. Select 3 Power Off from the System Power
menu.
c. Once the server has powered off, select 4
Power On to restore power to the server.
To restart the server using Boot menu
selections:
a. Select 7 Boot from the main menu.
b. Select either 1 Reboot w/OS Shutdown or
2 Reboot Immediately to restart the
server.
Note
For information on the System Power and
Boot menus, see “System Power Menu
Selections” on page 74 and “Boot Menu
Selections” on page 76.
78
Netfinity Server HMM
4. After you restart the server, return to the main menu
and select Z Start Remote Video.
Once you have started Remote Video mode on the system
management subsystem, all textual output generated
during POST will be sent to your terminal window or
TELNET session. Your terminal or TELNET session will
also act as a fully-active remote session, enabling you to
enter keyboard commands that will be sent to the remote
server. In this way, you can enter key commands and
key-combinations that access POST operations and
utilities, such as system setup or the RAID
mini-configuration program.
When you have finished using Remote Video mode, press
Ctrl+R, then press Ctrl+E, and then press Ctrl+T. This
will end Remote Video mode and return you to the main
menu.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
79
Netfinity Advanced System
Management Token Ring Connection
Option
The Netfinity Advanced System Management Token Ring
Connection includes an IBM Turbo 16/4 Token Ring PC
Card that you install in the PCMCIA slot on the Advanced
System Management PCI Adapter. The option also
includes a PC Card to 9-pin D-shell cable that you first
connect to the PC card and then route through the rear
chassis cut-out on the server. Finally, the option includes
a complete copy of Netfinity Manager version 5.20.2. The
licensed version of Netfinity Manager, shipped with the
option replaces the licensed version of Netfinity Manager
that comes with ServerGuide (included with the Netfinity
server). The version of Netfinity Manager, shipped with
the option, includes advanced features that enable you to
configure and control the Advanced System Management
PCI Adapter.
Attention
After you have installed the Netfinity Advanced
System Management Token Ring Connection, you
must not enable or use the Ethernet port that is
included on the Advanced System Management PCI
Adapter. Enabling the Ethernet port while the IBM
Turbo 16/4 Token Ring PCMCIA card is installed on
the adapter will cause the system to become unstable.
To enable, configure, or use the Ethernet port, you
must first remove the IBM Turbo 16/4 Token Ring
PCMCIA card from the Advanced System
Management PCI Adapter.
The option ships with the following components:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
IBM Turbo 16/4 Token Ring PC Card
Token Ring Cable
Safety Information Booklet
Netfinity Manager CD-ROM
Installation Instructions
Attention
Before proceeding, read the safety information
included with the option.
To install the Netfinity Advanced System Management
Token Ring Connection, do the following:
1. Use the Netfinity Manager Advanced System
Manager service to disable the Ethernet network
interface (if it is enabled).
This step is necessary only if you have used the
Advanced System Management service previously to
80
Netfinity Server HMM
2.
3.
4.
5.
enable the Ethernet network interface on the
Advanced System Management PCI Adapter. For
information on how to enable or disable network
interfaces on the adapter, see the Advanced System
Management section of the Server Library that was
included with the server.
Shut down and power off the server.
Disconnect the server power cord from the wall
socket.
Remove the server cover.
Locate and remove the Advanced System
Management PCI Adapter.
To remove the Advanced System Management PCI
Adapter from the server:
a. Unplug all connections from the back of the
adapter.
b. Carefully move aside any cables (such as DASD
cables or power cables) that block access to the
Advanced System Management PCI Adapter.
c. Disconnect the power cable from the top of the
Advanced System Management PCI Adapter.
d. Carefully remove the adapter from the server.
6. Install the PCMCIA card .2/ into the PCMCIA slot on
the adapter .1/ as shown in the following figure.
7. Connect one end of the token ring cable .2/ to the
PCMCIA connector on the PCMCIA card .1/ as
shown in the following figure.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
81
8. Lock the PCMCIA connector by pushing the slide .4/
forward as shown.
9. Locate and remove the external connector knockout
on the back panel of the server.
To remove the external connector knockout, use a flat
blade screwdriver to carefully tap the bottom edge of
the knockout panel. The knockout will bend toward
the interior of the server. After the external connector
knockout has bent in slightly, insert the tip of the
screwdriver between the edge of the knockout and
the back panel of the server and gently pry the
knockout off.
Attention
Be careful not to bend the back panel of the
server while removing the knockout.
10. Reinstall the Advanced System Management PCI
Adapter. Be sure to reconnect any cables that you
disconnected when removing the adapter from the
server.
11. Insert the end of the token ring cable .3/ into the
external connector opening and secure it in place with
the included screws.
12. Replace the server cover and reconnect the server to
a power source.
System Reliability Considerations
To help ensure proper cooling and system reliability, make
sure:
Ÿ
82
Each of the drive bays has either a drive or a filler
panel installed.
Netfinity Server HMM
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Each of the power supply bays has either a power
supply or a filler panel installed.
The top cover is in place during normal operation.
The front access cover is in place during normal
operation.
There is at least 305 mm (12 inches) of ventilation
space at the front and rear of the server.
The Power switch on the power supply is off before
you remove a functional power supply.
Cables for optional adapters are routed according to
the instructions provided with the adapters.
A fan that has failed is replaced as soon as
convenient to help maintain the redundant cooling
capability.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
83
Specifications
The following table contains the specifications for the
Netfinity 7000 M10.
Size
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Depth: 650 mm (25.6 in.)
Height: 489 mm (19.25 in.) (11 U)
Width: 440 mm (17.3 in.)
Weight
Ÿ
Ÿ
Unpacked, minimum configuration:
39 kg (85 lb.)
Unpacked, maximum configuration:
70.31 kg (155 lb.)
Electrical Input
Ÿ
Ÿ
Sine-wave input (50± or 60± Hz)
is required
Input voltage
– Low range
- Minimum: 90 V ac
- Maximum: 137 V ac
– High range
- Minimum: 180 V ac
- Maximum: 265 V ac
– Input kilovolt-amperes (KVA) approximately
- Minimum configuration as shipped: 0.2
KVA
- Maximum configuration: 0.78 KVA
Environment
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Air temperature
–
System on: 10° to 35° C
(50° to 95° F)
Altitude: 0 to 914 m (3000 ft.)
–
System on: 10° to 32° C
(50° to 89.6° F)
Altitude: 914 m (3000 ft.) to 2133 m (7000 ft.)
–
System off: 10° to 43° C
(50° to 110° F)
Maximum altitude: 2133 m (7000 ft.)
Humidity
–
System on:
8% to 80%; maximum wetbulb
23° C (73.4° F)
–
System off:
8% to 80%; maximum wetbulb 27° C (80.6° F)
Altitude: 0 to 2133 m (0 to 7000 ft.)
Electrostatic Discharge
Ÿ
84
Tested to 20 KV
Netfinity Server HMM
Immunity
Ÿ
Verified to comply with
EN 50082-2
Acoustical Noise Emissions Values
Ÿ
Declared (upper limit) sound power levels:
– 6.5 bels operating
– 6.5 bels idle
These levels are measured in controlled acoustical
environments according to the American National
Standards Institute (ANSI) procedure S12.10 and ISO
7779, and are reported in accordance with ISO 9296. The
declared sound power levels indicate an upper limit, below
which a large portion of machines operate.
Heat Output
Ÿ
Approximate heat output in
British thermal units (Btu) per hour:
– Minimum configuration: 1024 Btu
– Maximum configuration: 2662 Btu
Safety Standards
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
UL 1950
CSA C22.2 No. 950-M93
EN 60950 and countries deviations
IEC 950
NOM-019
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
85
Locations
The following information supports the Netfinity 7000-M10 Type 8680 server.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
86
“AC Power Assembly Removal” on page 87.
“Advanced System Management PCI Adapter
Component Locations” on page 88.
“Battery” on page 89.
“Changing Jumper Positions” on page 93.
“Completing the Installation” on page 97.
“Connecting External Options” on page 100.
“Controls and Indicators” on page 109.
“Hot-Swap Fan Assembly” on page 112.
“Hot-Swap Power Supplies” on page 114.
“Hot-Swap Power Supply Installation” on page 115.
“Hot-Swap Power Supply Removal” on page 118.
“Information LED Panel” on page 120.
“Input/Output Connectors and Expansion Slots” on
page 121.
“Installing and Removing the Server from a Rack” on
page 124.
“Internal Drives Installation” on page 136.
“I/O Board Component Locations” on page 142.
“I/O Board LEDs” on page 143.
“I/O Board Removal” on page 144.
“I/O Function Card Component Locations” on
page 145.
“I/O Function Card Jumpers” on page 146.
“Memory Board Component Locations” on page 147.
“Memory-Module Kits Installation” on page 148.
“Microprocessor Kit Installation” on page 153.
“Power Backplane Connector Locations” on
page 157.
“Power Backplane Removal” on page 158.
“Power Control Card Removal” on page 159.
“Preparing to Install Options” on page 160.
“Processor Board Component Locations” on
page 165.
“Processor Board Jumpers” on page 166.
“Processor Board Assembly Removal” on page 167.
“Quarter-Turn Fastener” on page 168.
“SCSI Backplane Component Locations” on
page 168.
“Shuttle Assembly Removal” on page 169.
“Working Inside a Server with Power On” on
page 171.
“Working with Adapters” on page 173.
Netfinity Server HMM
AC Power Assembly Removal
Before you begin:
Read “Safety Information” on page 226.
The AC power assembly is located in the rear of the
system.
To remove the AC power assembly, do the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Power-off the system.
Disconnect all power to the system.
Remove the power AC power assembly screws .1/
Pull the AC power assembly .2/ out of the the
system.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
87
Advanced System Management PCI
Adapter Component Locations
The following simplified layout of the Advanced Remote
Management Controller identifies the components.
.1/ 10/100 Ethernet port connector
.2/ Dual serial port connector
.3/ RS 485 bus connector
.4/ External power supply connector
.5/ PCMCIA token ring connector
.6/ Power on LED (CR2 bottom)
.7/ Processor error LED (CR2 top)
.8/ Ethernet activity LED (CR3 bottom)
.9/ Ethernet link LED (CR3 top)
.1ð/ I/O function card connector
.11/ Reserved J9
88
Netfinity Server HMM
Battery
IBM has designed this product with your safety in mind.
The lithium battery must be handled correctly to avoid
possible danger. If you replace the battery, you must
adhere to the following instructions.
Caution
When replacing the battery, use only IBM Part
Number 33F8354 or an equivalent type battery
recommended by the manufacturer. If your system
has a module containing a lithium battery, replace it
only with the same module type made by the same
manufacturer. The battery contains lithium and can
explode if not properly used, handled, or disposed of.
Do not:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Throw or immerse into water
Heat to more than 100°C (212°F)
Repair or disassemble
Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances
or regulations.
Before you begin, be sure you have:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Read “Safety Information” on page 226.
Followed any special handling and installation
instructions supplied with the replacement
battery.
Note
After you replace the battery, you must reconfigure
your server and reset the system date and time.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
89
To replace the battery:
1. Turn off the server and peripheral devices and
disconnect all external cables and power cords (see
“Preparing to Install Options” on page 160); then
remove the top cover (see “Removing the Top Cover”
on page 161).
2. Remove the I/O function card from the server:
a. Refer to the following illustration while you
perform the steps in this procedure.
b. Disconnect the cables .1/ from the I/O function
card .2/. Note carefully where each cable is
connected before you remove it.
c. Remove the two screws .2/ located on the metal
connector plate inside the server.
d. Carefully grasp the I/O function card by its top
edge and pull the I/O function card out of the
server.
e. Place the I/O function card connector-side up on
a flat, static-protective surface.
3. Locate the battery on the I/O function card (see “I/O
Function Card Component Locations” on page 145).
90
Netfinity Server HMM
4. Remove the battery:
a. Use one finger to lift the battery clip over the
battery.
b. Use one finger to slightly slide the battery toward
the rear of the I/O function card. The spring
mechanism behind the battery will push it out
toward you as you slide it forward.
c. Use your thumb and index finger to pull the
battery from under the battery clip.
d. Ensure that the battery clip is touching the base
of the battery socket by pressing gently on the
clip.
5. Insert the new battery:
a. Tilt the battery so that you can insert it into the
front of the socket, under the battery clip.
b. As you slide it under the battery clip, press the
battery down into the socket.
6. Install the I/O function card:
a. Carefully grasp the I/O function card by its top
edge, and insert the tabs .3/ on the bottom
edge of the metal connector plate in the
matching openings on the server back panel.
b. Align the I/O function card with the guide on the
opposite end of the adapter and the slot on the
I/O board.
c. Press the I/O function card firmly into the slot.
Attention: When you install the I/O function
card in the server, be sure that it is completely
and correctly seated. Incomplete insertion might
cause damage to server components.
d. Insert the two screws you removed in step 2c on
page 90.
e. Connect the cables you disconnected in step 2b
on page 90.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
91
7. Reinstall the top cover and complete the installation
(see “Completing the Installation” on page 97).
8. Start the Configuration/Setup Utility program and
reset configuration parameters as needed.
Ÿ To reset the system date and time, go to “Date
and Time” on page 28.
Ÿ To reset the power-on password, go to “Using
the Power-On Password Menu” on page 29.
Ÿ To reconfigure your server, follow the
instructions given in “The Configuration/Setup
Utility Program” on page 25 (all models).
92
Netfinity Server HMM
Changing Jumper Positions
Jumpers located on the I/O function card and processor
board help you to customize the way your server operates.
Your I/O function card and processor board contain two-pin
and three-pin jumper blocks. In some cases, groups of
jumpers might combine to define a function.
Before you begin:
Read “Safety Information” on page 226.
To change a jumper position:
1. Remove the server top cover or front access cover,
depending on the location of the jumper (see
“Preparing to Install Options” on page 160).
2. If the jumper is located on the I/O function card,
remove the I/O function card from the server:
a. Refer to the following illustration while you
perform the steps in this procedure.
b. Disconnect the cables .1/ from the I/O function
card .2/. Note carefully where each cable is
connected before you remove it.
c. Remove the two screws .4/ located on the metal
connector plate inside the server.
d. Carefully grasp the I/O function card by its top
edge and pull the I/O function card out of the
server.
e. Place the I/O function card connector-side up on
a flat, static-protective surface.
3. Locate the jumper:
Ÿ To change a two-pin jumper block, go to
“Two-Pin Jumper Blocks” on page 94.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
93
Ÿ
To change a three-pin jumper block, go to
“Three-Pin Jumper Blocks” on page 95.
Two-Pin Jumper Blocks: Covering both pins with a
jumper defines one function of the jumper block. To
change the function of the jumper block, cover one pin
only or remove the jumper entirely.
The following illustration identifies pins 1 and 2 on a
two-pin jumper block.
2
1
To change the jumper position on a two-pin jumper
block:
1. Lift the jumper straight off the block and then do one
of the following:
Ÿ Align the holes in the bottom of the jumper with
the two pins on the pin block, and then slide the
jumper carefully onto these pins.
Ÿ
94
Align one of the holes in the bottom of the
jumper with one of the pins on the pin block, and
then slide the jumper carefully onto that pin only.
Netfinity Server HMM
2. If you removed the I/O function card, install it:
a. Refer to the illustration in step 2a on page 93
while you perform the steps in this procedure.
b. Carefully grasp the I/O function card by its top
edge, and insert the tabs .3/ on the bottom
edge of the metal connector plate into the
matching openings on the server back panel.
c. Align the I/O function card with the guide on the
opposite end of the adapter and the slot on the
I/O board.
d. Press the I/O function card firmly into the slot.
Attention: When you install the I/O function
card in the server, be sure that it is completely
and correctly seated. Incomplete insertion might
cause damage to server components.
e. Insert the two screws you removed in step 2c on
page 93.
f. Connect the cables you disconnected in step 2b
on page 93.
3. Reinstall the server top cover or front access cover
and connect the cables (see “Completing the
Installation” on page 97).
Three-Pin Jumper Blocks: With the three-pin jumper
blocks, each jumper covers two of the three pins on a pin
block. You can position the jumper to fit over the center
pin and either of the other two pins.
The following illustration identifies pins 1, 2, and 3 on a
three-pin jumper block:
3
2
1
To change the jumper position on a three-pin jumper
block:
1. Lift the jumper straight off the pin block.
2. Align the holes in the bottom of the jumper with the
center pin and the pin that was not covered
previously.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
95
3. Slide the jumper fully onto these pins.
4. If you removed the I/O function card, install it:
a. Refer to the illustration in step 2a on page 93
while you perform the steps in this procedure.
b. Carefully grasp the I/O function card by its top
edge, and insert the tabs .3/ on the bottom
edge of the metal connector plate into the
matching openings on the back panel.
c. Align the I/O function card with the guide on the
opposite end of the adapter and the slot on the
I/O board.
d. Press the I/O function card firmly into the slot.
Attention
When you install the I/O function card in the
server, be sure that it is completely and
correctly seated. Incomplete insertion might
cause damage to server components.
e. Insert the two screws you removed in step 2c on
page 93.
f. Connect the cables you disconnected in step 2b
on page 93.
5. Reinstall the server top cover or front access cover
and connect the cables (see “Completing the
Installation” on page 97).
96
Netfinity Server HMM
Completing the Installation
Depending on the options you have installed, you must
reinstall the top cover, the front access cover, and the front
bezel to complete the installation. You must also
reconnect all the cables that you disconnected in
“Preparing to Install Options” on page 160, and, for certain
options, run the Configuration/Setup Utility program.
Follow the instructions in this section.
Installing the Top Cover:
To install the server
top cover:
1. Before installing a cover, check that all cables,
adapters, and other components are installed and
seated correctly and that you have not left tools or
loose parts inside the server.
2. Lower the cover .2/ with the rear edge of the cover
about 25 mm (1 inch) back from the rear edge of the
server.
3. Slide the cover forward.
4. Tighten the two thumbscrews .1/ on the back edge of
the cover.
5. If you disconnected any cables from the back of the
server, reconnect the cables; then, plug the power
cord into a properly grounded electrical outlet.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
97
Notes
1. If you are in the United Kingdom and have a
modem or fax machine attached to your
server, reconnect the telephone line after
you plug in the power cords.
2. If necessary, see “Input/Output Connectors
and Expansion Slots” on page 121 for
connector locations.
Installing the Front Access Cover:
To install
the server front access cover:
1. Insert the bottom edge of the cover .2/ in the
matching openings in the server chassis.
2. Pivot the top of the cover into place and turn the
quarter-turn fasteners .1/ to the closed position .3/.
Installing the Front Bezel:
To install the front
bezel:
1. Insert the bottom edge of the bezel in the matching
openings in the server chassis.
2. Pivot the top of the bezel until the latches snap into
place.
98
Netfinity Server HMM
Reconfiguring the Server: When you start your
server for the first time after you add or remove an internal
option or an external SCSI device, you might see a
message telling you that the configuration has changed.
Some options have device drivers that you need to install.
Refer to the documentation that comes with your option for
information about installing any required device drivers.
If you have installed a new microprocessor, you might
want to upgrade your operating system. Refer to the
“Software and Netfinity Manager Reference” section of this
Server Library.
Run the Configuration/Setup Utility program to save the
new configuration information. See “The
Configuration/Setup Utility Program” on page 25.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
99
Connecting External Options
Before you begin:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Read “Safety Information” on page 226.
Read the documentation that comes with your
options.
Connecting External SCSI Devices:
You can
attach a SCSI storage expansion enclosure to your server.
Cabling Requirements: If you plan to install external
SCSI devices, you must order additional SCSI cables.
These cables must have the proper connectors for the
SCSI external connector and the external devices.
Refer to the information provided with your adapter to
determine the number of internal and external connectors,
channels, and SCSI devices that the adapter supports.
For information about the maximum length of SCSI cable
between the terminated ends of the cable, see ANSI SCSI
Standards:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
X3.131-1986 (SCSI)
X3.131-1994 (SCSI-2)
X3T10/1071D
Adhering to these standards ensures that your server
operates properly.
Setting SCSI IDs for External Devices: Each SCSI
device that is connected to a SCSI controller must have a
unique SCSI ID, so that the SCSI controller can identify
the devices and ensure that different devices do not
attempt to transfer data at the same time. SCSI devices
that are connected to different SCSI controllers can have
duplicate SCSI IDs. Refer to “SCSI IDs” on page 137 and
to the instructions that come with the SCSI devices for
more information about setting a SCSI ID.
Installing External Devices: To attach an external
device:
1. Run the shutdown procedure for the operating
system. Turn off the server and all attached devices.
2. Follow the instructions that come with the option to
prepare it for installation and to connect it to the
server.
100
Netfinity Server HMM
Input/Output Ports and Connectors: The
input/output (I/O) connectors are for attaching external
devices, such as printers, keyboards, and displays, to your
server. The I/O connectors on your server include:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Two serial-port connectors
One parallel-port connector
One video-port connector
One keyboard-port connector
One auxiliary-device-port connector
One external UltraSCSI-port connector
Two USB-port connectors
One System Management 10/100 Ethernet port
connector
One dual serial-port connector
One RS 485 bus connector
Refer to the illustration in “Input/Output Connectors and
Expansion Slots” on page 121 for the locations of the
connectors.
Serial Port: Your server comes with two serial ports.
(Refer to “Input/Output Connectors and Expansion Slots”
on page 121 for the locations of the connectors.) These
ports are used to communicate with printers, plotters,
external modems, scanners, and auxiliary terminals. You
can also use these ports to transfer data between
computers.
Serial ports transfer data one bit at a time, using direct
memory access (DMA). DMA is a method of transferring
data between I/O devices and system memory without
intervention by the system microprocessor.
Serial ports can transfer data asynchronously, which
means that they can transmit any number of characters at
any time, with no restriction on the duration of the pauses
between characters.
The serial ports can transmit and receive data and
commands at rates of from 300 bits per second up to
345 600 bits per second. To use a serial port at 345 600
bits per second, you need a shielded serial cable.
Each serial port has a 9-pin, male D-shell connector on the
back of the server. The pin-number assignments of this
connector conform to the industry standard.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
101
5
1
6
102
Netfinity Server HMM
9
The following table shows the pin-number assignments for
the serial-port connectors.
Table 1. Serial Port Pin-Number Assignments
Pin
Signal
Pin
Signal
1
2
3
4
5
Data carrier detect
Receive data
Transmit data
Data terminal ready
Signal ground
6
7
8
9
Data set ready
Request to send
Clear to send
Ring indicator
When you turn on your server, the POST routine assigns
the serial ports to specific communication port addresses.
Some application programs use only certain ports, and
some modems are designed for use only at certain
communication port addresses. You might need to use the
Configuration/Setup Utility program to change
communication port address assignments to resolve
conflicts.
Parallel Port: The parallel port usually is used to
communicate with printers, and transfers data one byte at
a time using DMA. The parallel port has a 25-pin, female
D-shell connector on the back of your server. (Refer to
“Input/Output Connectors and Expansion Slots” on
page 121 for the location of the connector.)
1
13
25
14
The following table shows the pin-number assignments for
the parallel-port connector.
Table 2. Parallel Port Pin-Number Assignments
Pin
Signal
Pin
Signal
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
STROBE
Data 0
Data 1
Data 2
Data 3
Data 4
Data 5
Data 6
Data 7
-ACK
BUSY
PE (paper end)
SLCT (select)
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
-AUTO FEED XT
-ERROR
-INIT
-SLCT IN
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
When you turn on your server, the POST routine assigns
the parallel port a specific port address. You can change
the parallel-port assignment by using the
Configuration/Setup Utility program.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
103
Video Port: The I/O function card in your server has
one SVGA video port. This port is used to attach a video
monitor. The video port has a 15-pin analog connector on
the back of the server. (Refer to “Input/Output Connectors
and Expansion Slots” on page 121 for the location of the
connector.)
5
1
10
6
15
11
The following table shows the pin-number assignments for
the video connector.
Table 3. Video Port Pin-Number Assignments
Pin
Signal
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Red
Green or monochrome
Blue
Not connected
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Not connected
Ground
Not connected
Not connected
Horizontal synchronization (Hsync)
Vertical synchronization (Vsync)
Not connected
104
Netfinity Server HMM
Keyboard and Auxiliary-Device Ports: The I/O
function card has one keyboard port and one
auxiliary-device port that supports a mouse or other
pointing device. (Refer to “Input/Output Connectors and
Expansion Slots” on page 121 for the locations of the
connectors.)
6
5
4
3
2
1
The following table shows the pin-number assignments for
the connectors used by the keyboard and auxiliary-device
ports.
Table 4. Keyboard and Auxiliary-Device Port
Pin-Number Assignments
Pin
Signal
1
2
3
4
5
6
Data
Not connected
Ground
+5 V DC
Clock
Not connected
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
105
UltraSCSI Ports: Your server has two UltraSCSI
bus-master controllers on the I/O function card; one
supports internal devices and the other is connected to an
external connector for support of external devices. Each
controller supports up to 15 SCSI devices. You can use
the 68-pin, SCSI connectors for these controllers to
expand the capabilities of your server by attaching different
types of SCSI devices, such as drives or printers.
Table 5 shows the pin-number assignments for the 68-pin
SCSI connectors.
Table 5. 68-Pin SCSI Port Pin-Number Assignments
Pin
Signal
Pin
Signal
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
+Term power
+Term power
Reserved
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
Data 12
Data 13
Data 14
Data 15
Data P1
Data 0
Data 1
Data 2
Data 3
Data 4
Data 5
Data 6
Data 7
Data P0
Ground
Ground
+Term power
+Term power
Reserved
Ground
-Attention
Ground
-Busy
-Acknowledge
-Reset
-Message
-Select
-Control/Data
-Request
-Input/Output
Data 8
Data 9
Data 10
Data 11
106
Netfinity Server HMM
Universal Serial Bus Ports: The I/O board in your
Netfinity 7000 M10 contains two universal serial bus (USB)
ports. Each USB port has an external connector on the
rear on the server for attaching devices that previously
used serial, parallel, keyboard, mouse, and game ports.
USB is an emerging serial interface standard for telephony
and multimedia devices. USB technology uses Plug and
Play to determine what device is attached to the
connector. Each USB device is accessed by a unique
USB address. A device called a hub is used to convert the
USB port into multiple attachment points. A hub has
multiple ports where devices can be attached. USB
provides 12 megabits-per-second (Mbps) data transfer rate
with a maximum of 63 devices and a maximum signal
distance of 5 meters (16 ft.) per data segment.
Note
If more than one USB device is to be attached, the
device must be connected to a hub.
Table 6 shows the pin-number assignments for the USB
connectors.
Table 6. USB Connector Pin-Number Assignments
Pin
Signal
1
2
3
4
VCC
−Data
+Data
Ground
10/100 Ethernet Port: The Advanced Remote
Management Controller contains a 10/100 Ethernet
controller. The Ethernet controller has an external RJ-45
connector that is used with category 3, 4, or 5 unshielded
twisted-pair (UTP) cable. The connector enables your
Advanced Remote Management Controller to attach to an
Ethernet network for remote communication.
Notes
1. The 10/100 Ethernet port cannot be accessed
from the network operating system. The
connector is dedicated to connecting your
Advanced Remote Management Controller to an
Ethernet network through a service-processor
interface, such as Netfinity Manager.
2. The 100BASE-TX Fast Ethernet standard
requires that the cabling in the network is
Category 5 or higher.
Table 7 on page 108 shows the pin-number assignments
for the RJ-45 connector. These assignments apply to both
10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX devices.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
107
10BASE-T or 100 BASE-TX
UTP Cable
1
2
Pins
RJ-45 Modular Plug Connector
3
6
Table 7. 10/100 Ethernet Connector Pin-Number
Assignments
Pin
Signal
Pin
Signal
1
2
3
4
Transmit data+
Transmit data−
Receive data+
Reserved
5
6
7
8
Reserved
Receive data−
Reserved
Reserved
Dual Serial Port: The Advanced Remote Management
Controller contains a dual serial port. The port has an
external connector that can be used to attach to a Y-cable
that is shipped with your server. The serial connectors on
the Y-cable and the pin-number assignments are the same
as for the system serial ports. This Y-cable can be used
to attach to a modem that is dedicated to communication
with the Advanced Remote Management Controller.
You can obtain a listing of compatible modems and related
information by accessing the following address:
http://www.pc.ibm.com/us/compat/ on the World Wide Web.
RS 485 Bus Port: The Advanced Remote
Management Controller contains an RS 485 port. The port
has an external connector that must be attached to an
optional Y-cable that provides for chaining other
compatible System Management Adapters for remote
access.
The following table shows the pin-number assignments for
the connectors used by the RS 485 bus port.
Table 8. RS 485 Bus Connector Pin-Number
Assignments
Pin
Signal
1
2
3
4
5
6
Term power
+ Input
− Input
+ Output
− Output
Ground
108
Netfinity Server HMM
Controls and Indicators
The most commonly used controls and indicators on the
front of the server appear in the following illustration.
.1/
Next Button: Press this button to highlight an
action to perform on a system monitoring message;
then, press the Enter button to select the action.
You can select:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Keep to retain the message on the information
panel and enable the system error light to
continue to flash
Remind to retain the message on the
information panel and enable the system error
light to flash slowly
Clear to clear the message from the
information panel and enable the system error
light to stop flashing
.2/
Enter Button: Press this button to select an action
to perform on system monitoring messages that
appear on the information panel.
.3/
Hard Disk Status Light: Each of the hot-swap
drives has a Hard Disk Drive Status light. When
the amber light for a hard disk drive is lit
continuously, the drive has failed. When the light
flashes slowly (one flash per second), the drive is
being rebuilt. When the light flashes rapidly (three
flashes per second), the controller is identifying the
drive.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
109
.4/
Hard Disk Activity Light: Each of the hot-swap
drives has a Hard Disk Activity light. When the
green light for a hard disk drive is flashing, the drive
is being accessed.
.5/
CD-ROM Eject/Load Button: Press this button to
eject or retract the CD-ROM tray so that you can
insert or remove a CD.
.6/
CD-ROM Drive In-Use Light: When this light is lit,
the CD-ROM drive is being accessed.
.7/
Diskette-Eject Button: Press this button to eject a
diskette from the drive.
.8/
Diskette Drive In-Use Light: When this light is lit,
the diskette drive is being accessed.
.9/
Power Control Button: Press this button to
manually turn the server on or off.
Caution
The Power Control button on the front of the
server does not turn off the electrical current
supplied to the server. The server also might
have more than one power cord. To remove
all electrical current from the server, ensure
that all power cords are disconnected from the
power source.
The server can be activated in several ways:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
You can turn the server on by pressing the
Power Control button on the front of the
server.
If the server is activated and a power failure
occurs, the server will start automatically if the
automatic-restart-after-power-failure feature is
selected in the Configuration/Setup Utility
program.
The server can also be powered on by the
Advanced Remote Management Controller.
The server can be deactivated as follows:
Ÿ
110
You can turn the server off by pressing the
Power Control button on the front of the
server. Pressing the Power Control button
starts an orderly shutdown of the operating
system, if this feature is supported by the
operating system, and places the server in
standby mode.
Netfinity Server HMM
Note
After turning off the server, wait at least
five seconds before pressing the Power
Control button to power on the server
again.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Pressing and holding the Power Control button
causes an immediate shutdown of the server,
and places the server in standby mode. This
feature can be used if the operating system
hangs.
Disconnecting the server power cord from the
electrical outlet will shut off all power to the
server.
Note
Wait about 15 seconds after disconnecting
the power cord for your system to stop
running. Watch for the System Power
light on the information LED panel to stop
flashing.
.1ð/
Reset Button: Press this button to reset the
system and run the power-on self-test (POST).
.11/
Information LED Panel: The lights on this panel
give status information for your server. See
“Information LED Panel” on page 120 for more
information.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
111
Hot-Swap Fan Assembly
Your server comes with two hot-swap fan assemblies in
the front access cover and two hot-swap fan assemblies
behind the hot-swap drive bays.
Notes
1. You do not need to turn off the power to the
server to replace a fan assembly.
2. Replace a fan assembly that has failed as soon
as convenient to maintain the redundant cooling
capability.
To replace a hot-swap fan assembly:
Caution
The power cable to the fan should be disconnected
whenever the fan assembly is not installed in the
server; otherwise, the fan might start turning while you
are holding it and the fan blades could injure your
fingers.
1. Determine which fan assembly you will replace.
Ÿ To replace a fan assembly behind the hot-swap
drive bays, go to step 2.
Ÿ To replace a fan assembly in the front access
cover, go to step 6 on page 113.
2. To replace a fan assembly behind the hot-swap drive
bays, remove the top cover (see “Removing the Top
Cover” on page 161).
112
Netfinity Server HMM
3. Pull on the fastener .1/ and remove the fan
assembly from the server.
4. Insert the replacement fan assembly in the server.
Align the bottom edge of the fan assembly with the
matching openings in the server chassis.
5. When you have the fan assembly correctly seated,
press on the fastener to secure the fan assembly in
the server.
Note
The power cable engages and the fan blades
begin to spin when you correctly seat the fan
assembly in the chassis.
6. To replace a fan assembly in the front access cover,
remove the front bezel (see “Removing the Front
Bezel” on page 163).
7. Pull on the fastener and remove the fan assembly .1/
from the front access cover.
8. Insert the replacement fan assembly in the front
access cover. Align the bottom edge of the fan
assembly .2/ with the matching openings in the front
access cover.
9. When you have the fan assembly correctly seated,
press on the fastener to secure the fan assembly.
Note
The power cable engages and the fan blades
begin to spin when you correctly seat the fan
assembly.
10. If you have other options to install or remove, do so
now; otherwise, go to “Completing the Installation” on
page 97.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
113
Hot-Swap Power Supplies
The following illustration shows the power supplies in your
server.
Note
Your server may differ slightly from the following
illustration, depending on your model.
.1/
Filler Panels: You can remove these filler panels
to install additional power supplies.
.2/
Hot-Swap Power Supplies: See “Hot-Swap Power
Supply Installation” on page 115 for information on
power supply requirements and for instructions on
installing additional power supplies.
.3/
Power-Supply Power Switch: This switch turns
the power supply on and off.
.4/
AC Power Light: This light provides status
information about the power supply. For normal
operation, both the AC and DC Power lights should
be on. For any other combination of lights, see
“Power Supply LEDs” on page 17.
.5/
DC Power Light: This light provides status
information about the power supply. For normal
operation, both the AC and DC Power lights should
be on. For any other combination of lights, see
“Power Supply LEDs” on page 17.
114
Netfinity Server HMM
Hot-Swap Power Supply Installation
Notes
.
1. If your server comes with one power supply,
install a second power supply if you install one or
more of the following:
Ÿ Two microprocessors (3 or 4 total)
Ÿ Optional memory board
Ÿ Six or more PCI adapters
2. If a second power supply is not a requirement, a
second power supply provides redundancy.
3. If a second power supply is a requirement, a third
power supply provides redundancy.
After you install a power supply, check the power-supply
status indicators to verify that the power supply is
operating properly. See “Power Supply LEDs” on page 17
for details.
Notes
1. Turn the power switch on the power supply.
2. Facing the read of the system, always add power
supplies form left to right.
Caution
Never remove the cover on a power supply or any
part (power backplane and AC box) that has the
following label attached.
Hazardous voltage, current, and energy levels are
present inside the power supplies, power backplane,
and AC box. There are no serviceable parts inside
the power supplies, power backplane, or AC box.
Refer to the following illustration while performing the steps
in this procedure.
Note
Your server may differ slightly from the following
illustration, depending on your model.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
115
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
Screws
Filler panel
Power supply
Handle
Caution
Never remove the cover on a power supply or
any part (power backplane and AC box) that has
the following label attached.
Hazardous voltage, current, and energy levels
are present inside the power supplies, power
backplane, and AC box. There are no
serviceable parts inside the power supplies,
power backplane, or AC box.
116
Netfinity Server HMM
To add a power supply:
Note
It is not necessary to turn the Power switch on
the power supply off when you are installing a
hot-swap power supply.
1. Remove the filler panel .2/:
a. Remove the screws .1/ from the filler panel.
b. Remove the filler panel from the power-supply
bay and save it and the screws for future use.
Note
During normal operation, be sure that each
power-supply bay has either a power supply
or filler panel installed for proper cooling.
2. Remove any shipping screws from the power supply.
Note
You do not need to replace the shipping screws.
3. Place the handle .4/ on the power supply .3/ in the
open position, and slide the power supply into the
chassis.
4. Close the handle on the power supply to seat the
power supply in the bay.
5. Make sure the Power switch on the power supply is in
the On position.
6. Verify that the DC Power light and AC Power light on
the power supply are lit, indicating that the power
supply is operating correctly.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
117
Hot-Swap Power Supply Removal
Refer to “Hot-Swap Power Supply Installation” on
page 115 for information on power supply requirements.
Each power supply has two status indicators; see “Power
Supply LEDs” on page 17 for information about the status
indicators.
Refer to the illustration in “Hot-Swap Power Supply
Installation” on page 115 while you perform the steps in
this procedure.
Caution
Never remove the cover on a power supply or any
part (power backplane and AC box) that has the
following label attached.
Hazardous voltage, current, and energy levels are
present inside the power supplies, power backplane,
and AC box. There are no serviceable parts inside
the power supplies, power backplane, or AC box.
118
Netfinity Server HMM
To remove a hot-swap power supply:
1. If your server has only two functioning power supplies
and requires both (see “Hot-Swap Power Supply
Installation” on page 115), turn off the server and
peripheral devices (see “Preparing to Install Options”
on page 160); otherwise, go to the next step.
Attention
Before removing a functional power supply, set
the Power switch on the power supply to the Off
position.
2. Set the Power switch on the power supply that you
are removing to the Off position.
3. Remove the power supply:
a. Remove any shipping screws from the power
supply.
Note
You do not need to replace the shipping
screws.
b. Pull the handle on the power supply; then, slide
the power supply out of the chassis.
Note
During normal operation, be sure that each
power-supply bay has either a power supply
or filler panel installed for proper cooling.
4. If you are not installing a replacement power supply,
install a power-supply filler panel .2/; then go to step
5.
If you are replacing the power supply:
a. Place the handle .4/ on the power supply in the
open position, and slide the power supply into
the chassis.
b. Close the handle on the power supply to seat
the power supply in the bay.
c. Make sure the Power switch on the power
supply is in the On position.
d. Verify that the AC Power light and DC Power
light are lit, indicating that the power supply is
operating correctly.
5. If you have other options to install or remove, do so
now; otherwise, go to “Completing the Installation” on
page 97.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
119
Information LED Panel
The information LED panel on the front of the server
contains status lights.
.1/
System Error Light: This amber light is lit when a
system error occurs. Information about the
condition will display on the Information Panel.
.2/
Information Panel: System monitor information
appears on this vacuum fluorescent display (VFD).
The Advanced Remote Management Controller
monitors system functions and generates the
messages. See “System Management Codes” on
page 208 for more information.
When the server is in standby mode (the system
power supply is turned off and AC current is
present) the information panel can display system
monitor information.
.3/
System Power Light: When this light is lit, system
power is present in the server. When this light
flashes, the server is in standby mode (the system
power supply is turned off and AC current is
present). When this light is off, it indicates either
power supply failure or an AC power failure.
Attention: If this light is off, it does not mean there
is no electrical current present in the server. To
remove all electrical current from the server, you
must unplug the server power cord from the
electrical outlet.
.4/
SCSI Hard Disk Drive Activity Light: This green
light is lit when there is activity on a hard disk drive.
120
Netfinity Server HMM
Input/Output Connectors and
Expansion Slots
The following illustration shows the expansion slots and
the input/output connectors (ports) on the rear of the
server.
.1/
External Connector Knockout: Your server has
an external connector knockout that can be used
when you install the token-ring system management
adapter option.
.2/
SCSI Connector: External SCSI devices attach
here.
.3/
Serial A Connector: Serial signal cables for
modems and other serial devices connect here to
the 9-pin serial port A connector. See “Devices and
I/O Ports” on page 27 for port assignment
information. If you are using a 25-pin signal cable,
you need a 9-pin-to-25-pin adapter cable.
.4/
10/100 Ethernet Connector: This connector is to
attach the Advanced Remote Management
Controller to a network hub for remote
communication.
Note
The 10/100 Ethernet connector cannot be
accessed from the network operating system.
The connector is dedicated to connecting your
Advanced Remote Management Controller to
an Ethernet network through a
service-processor interface, such as Netfinity
Manager.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
121
.5/
Serial B Connector: Serial signal cables for
modems and other serial devices connect here to
the 9-pin serial port B connector. See “Devices and
I/O Ports” on page 27 for port assignment
information. If you are using a 25-pin signal cable,
you need a 9-pin-to-25-pin adapter cable.
.6/
Dual Serial Connector: This connector can be
used to attach to a Y-cable that is shipped with your
server. This Y-cable can be used to attach to a
modem that is dedicated to communication with the
Advanced Remote Management Controller.
.7/
RS 485 Bus Connector: This connector is used to
attach other compatible system management
adapters for remote access.
.8/
Parallel Connector: A signal cable for a parallel
device, such as a printer connects here.
.9/
Video Connector: The monitor signal cable
connects here.
.1ð/
Universal Serial Bus Connectors: You can attach
I/O devices to these two universal serial bus (USB)
connectors. You need a 4-pin cable to connect
devices to USB 1 or 2. A hot-plug
keyboard-and-mouse option can be cabled or
uncabled from the USB connectors without error or
loss of service.
Note
If a standard (non-USB) keyboard is attached
to the keyboard port, the USB ports are
disabled while the power-on self-test (POST) is
running and no USB devices will work during
POST.
.11/
Power Supply Connector: The system power
cord connects here.
.12/
Attention Lights for PCI Slots: Each PCI slot has
an Attention light that is visible from the rear of the
server. An Attention light flashes approximately
once per second when it is on. The meaning of the
Attention lights is defined by your operating system.
Refer to your operating-system documentation to
determine if the operating system supports hot-plug
PCI adapters and, if so, what the Attention lights
indicate.
.13/
PCI Expansion Slots: Your server has seven
32-bit and five 64-bit peripheral component
interconnect (PCI) expansion slots. All PCI slots
support hot-plug PCI adapters.
You can install PCI adapters to provide
communication, specialized graphics, and sound.
Many adapters provide bus-master capabilities,
122
Netfinity Server HMM
which enable the adapters to perform operations
without interrupting the system microprocessors.
.14/
Keyboard Connector: The keyboard cable
connects here.
.15/
Mouse Connector: The mouse cable connects
here. This port sometimes is called an
auxiliary-device or pointing-device port.
Note
For pin assignments and other details about these
connectors, see “Connecting External Options” on
page 100.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
123
Installing and Removing the Server
from a Rack
During the installation procedure, you must install parts on
the rack and the server. This process can be divided into
two parts:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Preparing the rack
Installing the server in the rack
Preparing the Rack
k32 kg (70.5 lbs)
k55 kg (121.2 lbs)
Caution
Use safe lifting practices when lifting your machine.
.
In this section, you will use the following parts:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
124
IBM installation template
Two slide-bracket assemblies
One cable-management arm
One server bracket (for attaching the
cable-management arm to the server)
Four lift handles
Sixteen long screws (M6 by 16 mm)
Eight short screws (M4 by 8 mm)
Six cage nuts
Four nut bars
Two hex nuts (M6)
Netfinity Server HMM
Attention
To ensure rack stability, plan the installation of servers
in the rack starting from the bottom.
To attach the mounting hardware to the rack:
1. Remove the rack front door. Refer to the rack
documentation for instructions.
2. Mark the positions of the slide-bracket assemblies,
bezel brackets, and the cable-management arm on
the rack:
a. Position the installation template on the front
mounting rails on the rack, aligning the holes.
b. Mark the holes for the slide-bracket assemblies
and bezel brackets.
c. Move the template to the same U level at the
rear of the server and mark the locations for the
slide-bracket assemblies and cable-management
arm.
d. Install the six cage nuts at the locations marked
on the mounting rails for the cable-management
arm and bezel brackets.
3. Attach a slide-bracket assembly to the front of the
rack:
a. Position the slide-bracket assembly behind the
mounting rail so that the slides will extend out
from the front of the rack.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
125
Notes
1. Get another person to help you attach
the slide-bracket assemblies to the
rack.
2. The slide-bracket assemblies can be
installed on either the left or right side
of the rack.
3. Refer to the illustrations for examples
of the proper alignment of the
slide-bracket assemblies.
b. If necessary, loosen the screws at the rear of the
slide-bracket assembly and adjust the length of
the slide bracket to fit the mounting rail. Tighten
the screws.
Screws
c. Position a nut bar behind the slide-bracket
assembly.
d. Insert two screws (M6 by 16 mm) through the
mounting rail, slide-bracket assembly, and nut
bar. Do not tighten the screws.
126
Netfinity Server HMM
4. Attach the slide-bracket assembly to the rear of the
rack:
a. Position the slide-bracket assembly inside the
mounting rail.
b. Position a nut bar behind the slide-bracket
assembly.
c. Insert two screws (M6 by 16 mm) through the
mounting rail, slide-bracket assembly, and nut
bar. Do not tighten the screws.
5. Attach the other slide-bracket assembly to the front
and rear of the rack.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
127
6. Push the slide-bracket assemblies to the outermost
positions on the rack.
7. Tighten all screws to secure both slide-bracket
assemblies. If you are using a torque screwdriver,
use the following torque setting:
8–11 Nm (70.8–97.0 in/lbs).
8. Attach the cable-management arm to the rear of the
rack:
a. Position the cable-management arm bracket on
the outside of the mounting rail.
b. Insert two screws (M6 by 16 mm) through the
cable-management arm bracket, mounting rail,
and cage nuts. Tighten the screws.
c. Position the server bracket on the
cable-management arm.
128
Netfinity Server HMM
d. Insert two screws (M6 by 16 mm) through the
cable-management arm and the server bracket.
Tighten the screws.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
129
Installing the Server in the Rack: In this
section, you will use eight screws (M4 by 8 mm) and four
screws (M6 by 16 mm).
To install the server in the rack:
1. Fully extend the slide-bracket assemblies until they
lock.
2. Install the four lift handles on the sides of the server.
a. Press in on the sides of the lift handle near the
tabs and insert the handle tabs into the slots on
the sides of the server.
b. Move the handle up in the slots so that the
hooked part of each tab is inside the server.
Release the pressure on the sides of the handle.
c. Install the remaining three lift handles.
k32 kg (70.5 lbs)
k55 kg (121.2 lbs)
Caution
Use safe lifting practices when lifting your
machine.
3. Lift and position the server so that the bayonet slots
on the server are above the bayonets on the
slide-bracket assemblies.
4. Lower the server and slip the bayonets into the
bayonet slots.
130
Netfinity Server HMM
5. Remove the four lift handles from the sides of the
server:
a. Grasp the lift handle and press in on the sides of
the lift handle near the tabs until the tabs touch
the inside edges of the slots.
b. Move the handle down in the slots so that the
hooked parts of the tabs clear the top edges of
the slots; then, pull the handle away from the
server.
c. Remove the remaining three handles. Store the
handles in a safe place.
6. Insert four screws (M4 by 8 mm) through one
slide-bracket assembly and server side. Tighten the
screws. Repeat this step for the other slide-bracket
assembly on the opposite side of the server. This
secures the server.
Note
When the drawer is fully extended, safety latches
on the slide-brackets lock into place. To release
the safety latch, press the latch on each side of
the rack.
7. Press the safety latches and slide the drawer about
halfway into the rack.
8. Attach the cable-management arm to the server using
the captive screws.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
131
9. Attach the monitor, keyboard, and power cables to
the corresponding connectors on the server. Refer to
the rack documentation for instructions.
10. Attach the cables to the cable-management arm using
cable ties.
11. Secure the server in the rack:
a. Slide the drawer into the rack.
b. Secure the server to both sides of the rack by
inserting two screws (M6 by 16 mm) through the
bezel brackets, mounting rails, and cage nuts.
Note
Depending on your model, the bezel
brackets might have only one screw hole for
attaching the server to the rack.
132
Netfinity Server HMM
12. Install the rack front door.
13. To complete the installation, refer to the
documentation that comes with the rack.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
133
Removing the Server from a Rack
Before you begin
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Read “Safety Information” on page 226.
Turn off the server.
Follow any additional installation and safety
instructions that come with the rack.
To remove the server from a rack:
1. If you have a modem or fax machine attached to the
server, disconnect the telephone line from the
electrical outlet and the server.
Note
If you are in the United Kingdom, you must
perform this step before disconnecting the power
cord.
2. Disconnect all cables and power cords from the rear
of the server.
3. Disconnect all power cords from the rack.
4. Remove the screws from the bezel brackets on each
side of the front bezel. Set them aside for later use.
5. Slide the server about halfway out of the rack.
6. Loosen the captive screws that secure the
cable-management arm.
7. Fully extend the slide-bracket assemblies until they
lock.
8. Remove the screws that attach the server to each
slide-bracket assembly.
k32 kg (70.5 lbs)
k55 kg (121.2 lbs)
Caution
Use safe lifting practices when lifting your
machine.
9. Install the four lift handles on the sides of the server.
a. Press in on the sides of the lift handle near the
tabs and insert the handle tabs into the slots on
the sides of the server.
b. Move the handle up in the slots so that the
hooked part of each tab is inside the server.
Release the pressure on the sides of the handle.
c. Install the remaining three lift handles.
134
Netfinity Server HMM
10. Lift the server from the slide bracket assemblies and
place the server on a flat, nonconductive surface.
Disassembling the Drawer Hardware:
If you
are not going to reinstall the server or install another
drawer model, remove the brackets from the server and
the rack.
1. Remove Save the slide-bracket assemblies and
screws for future use.
2. Remove the chassis brackets from the sides of the
server.
3. Remove the screws that attach the left slide rail to the
front and rear mounting rails.
4. Remove the screws that attach the right slide rail to
the front mounting brackets.
5. Remove the screws that attach the slide rail and
cable-management arm to the rear of the rack.
6. Refer to the documentation that comes with the rack
for additional instructions.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
135
Internal Drives Installation
Different types of drives allow your system to read multiple
types of media and store more data. Several types of
drives are available, such as:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Diskette
Hard disk
CD-ROM
Tape
Internal Drive Bays:
Internal drives are installed in
bays. Your server comes with one 3.5-inch, 1.44 MB
diskette drive and one CD-ROM drive.
Diskette
Drive Bay
Hot-Swap Bays
Removable
Media Bays
Bay 1
Bay 2
Bay 3
Bay 4
CD-ROM
Drive Bay
Your server contains hardware that lets you replace a
failed hard disk drive without turning off the server.
Therefore, you have the advantage of continuing to
operate your system while a hard disk drive is removed or
installed. These drives are known as hot-swappable
drives. They are also referred to as hot-swap drives.
Each hot-swap drive bay has two indicator lights on the
front of the server (see “Controls and Indicators” on
page 109). If the amber Hard Disk Status light for a drive
is lit continuously, that individual drive is defective and
needs to be replaced. When the Hard Disk Status light
indicates a faulty drive, you can replace a hot-swap drive
without turning off the server.
Each hot-swap drive that you plan to install must have a
hot-swap-drive tray attached. The drive must have a
single connector attachment (SCA) connector.
Hot-swap-drive trays come with the hot-swap drives.
Ÿ
136
Your server comes with a preinstalled 3.5-inch,
1.44 MB diskette drive and a preinstalled IDE
CD-ROM drive.
Netfinity Server HMM
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
The Netfinity 7000 M10 supports one diskette drive
only.
Your server supports four slim-high (1-inch) or two
half-high (1.6-inch), 3.5-inch hot-swap hard disk
drives in the hot-swap bays.
The hot-swap bays connect to a SCSI backplane.
This backplane is the printed circuit board behind the
bay. The backplane supports up to four hard disk
drives.
The diskette drive uses 1 MB and 2 MB diskettes.
For optimum use, format 1 MB diskettes to 720 KB
and format 2 MB diskettes to 1.44 MB.
SCSI Drives: Some drives have a special design
called small computer system interface, or SCSI. This
design allows you to attach multiple drives to a single
SCSI connector.
Notes
1. Any information about SCSI drives also applies to
other SCSI devices, such as tape drives.
2. If you plan to install both internal and external
SCSI devices, you must follow the instructions in
“Connecting External Options” on page 100, in
addition to the instructions in this section.
A 16-bit (wide) SCSI cable connects the hot-swap
backplane to one channel of the integrated SCSI controller
on the I/O function card.
SCSI IDs: Each SCSI device that is connected to an
individual integrated SCSI controller needs a unique
identification (ID) so that the controller can identify the
devices and ensure that different devices do not attempt to
transfer data at the same time. (The integrated SCSI
controllers operate independently.) If you need to set IDs
for SCSI devices, refer to the instructions that come with
those devices.
Your server automatically sets SCSI IDs for hot-swap hard
disk drives, according to the jumper settings on the SCSI
backplane. The server uses the hard disk drive SCSI IDs
to send status information to the indicator lights above
each hot-swap bay.
Note
Do not set the SCSI ID jumpers on hard disk drives.
The SCSI backplane in the server supports up to four
hot-swap drives. Table 9 on page 138 shows the default
SCSI IDs that the backplane assigns for hot-swap hard
disk drives.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
137
Table 9. Automatically Assigned SCSI IDs
Bay
1
2
3
4
ID
0
1
2
3
Note: The default SCSI ID for the SCSI backplane is 14. The default
SCSI ID for each SCSI controller is 7.
The processing sequence for SCSI devices is set through
the SCSISelect Utility program. The default sequence
proceeds from the lowest SCSI ID to the highest (0 to 6,
then 8 to 15).
Termination: The devices at both ends of the SCSI
bus must be terminated. If you attach SCSI devices
(internal or external), you must terminate the last device in
the chain. The SCSI cable that comes in your server
(connected to the SCSI backplane) is terminated.
All the hot-swap drives in your server have automatic
termination.
Refer to the information that comes with the SCSI device
for instructions about setting device jumpers or switches
that control termination.
Preinstallation Steps:
Before you install drives in
your server, verify that you have all the cables and any
other equipment specified in the documentation that comes
with the internal drive. You might also need to perform
certain preinstallation activities. Some of the steps are
required only during the initial installation of an option.
1. Choose the bay in which you want to install the drive.
2. Check the instructions that come with the drive to see
if you need to set any switches or jumpers on the
drive. Remove any SCSI ID jumpers from the drive.
3. To install the drive, go to “Installing a Drive in a
Hot-Swap Bay.”
Installing a Drive in a Hot-Swap Bay:
The
bays on the right front of the server support hot-swap
drives only.
Note
You do not have to turn off the server to install
hot-swap drives in these bays. However, you must
turn off the server when performing any steps that
involve installing or removing cables.
Before you begin:
Ÿ
Ÿ
138
Read “Safety Information” on page 226.
Read the documentation that comes with your
drive.
Netfinity Server HMM
Refer to the following illustration while you perform the
steps in this procedure.
.1/ Filler panel
.2/ Hot-swap hard disk drive
.3/ Drive tray handle (open position)
To install a drive in a hot-swap bay:
1. Determine the bay in which you want to install the
drive.
2. Remove the filler panel .1/ from the empty hot-swap
bay by inserting your finger into the depression at the
left side of the filler panel and pulling it away from the
server.
3. Install the hard disk drive .2/ in the hot-swap bay:
a. Ensure the tray handle .3/ is open (that is,
perpendicular to the drive).
b. Align the drive/tray assembly so that it engages
the guide rails in the bay.
c. Gently push the drive assembly into the bay until
the drive connects to the backplane.
d. Push the tray handle to the right until it locks.
4. Check the hard disk drive status indicators to verify
that the hard disk drives are operating properly. See
“Identifying Problems through Status Indicators” on
page 16 for details.
Note
If your server has a RAID adapter installed, refer
to the RAID adapter documentation for details
about configuration requirements.
Replacing a Drive in a Hot-Swap Bay
Note
You do not have to turn off the server to remove a
drive from a hot-swap bay.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
139
If the amber Hard Disk Status light for a drive is lit
continuously, that individual drive is defective and needs to
be replaced.
Attention
1. Before you hot-swap a drive, make sure it is
defective. If you partially or completely remove a
good drive instead of a defective one, your server
might lose valuable data. If your server has a
RAID adapter installed and you assigned RAID
level 1 or 5 to the logical drives in your disk
array, make sure the drive is defective.
However, the RAID adapter can rebuild the data
that you need, provided that certain conditions
are met. Refer to the RAID adapter
documentation for further details.
2. To avoid damage to a hard disk drive, DO NOT
remove the drive from the hot-swap bay until it
has had time to spin down (approximately 30
seconds). Handle the drive gently.
Before you begin:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
140
Read “Safety Information” on page 226.
Read the documentation that comes with your
drive.
Prepare the drive for installation (see
“Preinstallation Steps” on page 138).
Netfinity Server HMM
To replace a drive in a hot-swap bay:
Refer to the illustration in “Installing a Drive in a Hot-Swap
Bay” on page 138 while you perform the steps in this
procedure.
1. Remove the defective hard disk drive .2/ by pressing
on the lock to release the handle .3/, placing the
handle in the open position (perpendicular to the
drive), and pulling the hot-swap tray from the bay.
2. Install the hard disk drive in the hot-swap bay:
a. Ensure the tray handle is open (that is,
perpendicular to the drive).
b. Align the drive/tray assembly so that it engages
the guide rails in the bay.
c. Push the drive assembly into the bay until the
drive connects to the backplane.
d. Push the tray handle to the right until it locks.
3. Check the hard disk drive status indicators to verify
that the hard disk drives are operating properly. See
“Identifying Problems through Status Indicators” on
page 16 for details.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
141
I/O Board Component Locations
A simplified layout of the I/O board is shown in the
following illustration.
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
142
System Reset jumper J8
(Same as front panel reset)
Force PCI power-on for slot 11 jumper J9
For use with PCI cards without PCI presence
detect)
Force System Power jumper J7
(With jumper installed, will power-on
regardless of state of front panel)
IDE connector
System-management adapter slot
USB 1 and USB 2 port connectors
I/O function card slot
Hot-plug 32-bit PCI slots 11–12 (bus C)
Hot-plug 32-bit PCI slots 6–10 (bus B)
Hot-plug 64-bit PCI slots 1–5 (bus A)
Attention LED for PCI slot
Attention LED for PCI slot
Power LED for PCI slot
I/O Board LEDs (see “I/O Board LEDs” on
page 143.)
Netfinity Server HMM
I/O Board LEDs
A simplified layout of the section of the I/O board
containing the LEDs is shown in the following illustration.
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/
32 Bit Slot Reset LED (Slots 6-10)
SMI LED
Power Supply Power Good LED
Reserved
System Power Good LED
64 Bit Slot Reset LED (Slots 1-5)
System NMI LED
Secondary PCI Bus SERR (adaptec, system
management card, video)
32 Bit Slot Reset LED (Slots 11-12)
Secondary PCI Bus PERR (adaptec, system
management card, video)
SERR on 64 Bit PCI (slots 1-5)
PERR on 64 Bit PCI (slots 1-5)
PERR on 32 Bit PCI (slots 11-12)
PERR on 32 Bit PCI (slots 6-10)
SERR on 32 Bit PCI (slots 6-10)
SERR on 32 Bit PCI (slots 11-12)
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
143
I/O Board Removal
Before you begin:
Read “Safety Information” on page 226.
Note
Be sure to update the BIOS to the latest level when
replacing this FRU.
To Remove the I/O board, do the following:
1. Power-off the system.
2. Disconnect all power to the system.
3. Remove the top cover, see “Removing the Top
Cover” on page 161.
4. Disconnect all I/O board cables.
5. Disconnect all cables attached to adapters installed
on the I/O board, then, remove the adapters.
6. Remove the shuttle assembly, see “Shuttle Assembly
Removal” on page 169.
7. Remove the twelve I/O board screws .1/.
8. Remove the I/O board retainer 2 and lift the I/O board
out of the server.
144
Netfinity Server HMM
I/O Function Card Component
Locations
The following simplified layout of the I/O function card
identifies the components.
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
External SCSI connector (channel A)
Battery
Internal SCSI connector (channel B)
Operator panel connector
Diskette drive connector
Password override jumper (J17)
Flash page swap jumper (J16)
Parallel port connector
Video port connector (The video port
connector is behind the parallel port
connector)
Serial port A and B connectors
Keyboard and mouse connectors (The
keyboard connector is behind the mouse
connector)
Advanced Remote Management Controller
connector
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
145
I/O Function Card Jumpers
Table 10 describes the jumpers on the I/O function card.
The highlighted numbers in the table correspond to the
highlighted numbers on the illustration in “I/O Function
Card Component Locations” on page 145.
Note
Turn off the server, and disconnect the power cord
before moving any jumpers.
Table 10. I/O Board Jumpers
Jumper Name
Description
.6/ J17 Power on
password override
Changing the position of this jumper bypasses
the power-on password check. You do not
need to move the jumper back to the default
position after the password is overridden. To
do this:
1. Shut down and power-off the system.
2. Move jumper J17; then, power-on the
system. POST will clear the password.
Note
Changing the position of this jumper
does not affect the administrator
password. If the administrator
password is set, you must replace the
I/O board.
.7/ J16 Flash page
swap
The default position is a jumper installed on
pins 2 and 3. Changing the position of this
jumper will change which of the two pages of
flash ROM is used when the system is
started. You can use this jumper to recover
from a BIOS flash update problem. To do
this:
1. Power-off the system.
2. Move jumper J16; then, power-on the
system.
146
Netfinity Server HMM
Memory Board Component Locations
The following simplified layout of the memory board
identifies the components.
.1/ DIMM error LEDs
.2/ DIMM connectors
.3/ Processor board connector
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
147
Memory-Module Kits Installation
Adding memory to your server is an easy way to make
programs run faster. You can increase the amount of
memory in your server by installing options called
memory-module kits. Each kit contains four
industry-standard, dual inline memory modules (DIMMs).
Your server uses 50 ns, 168-pin, error correction code
(ECC), DIMMs. 60 ns DIMMs are not supported.
148
Netfinity Server HMM
Notes
1. The memory module sizes available for your
server are 32 MB, 64 MB, 128 MB, and
256 MB. At a minimum, your server requires
four 32 MB DIMMs in bank 1.
2. The preinstalled memory board contains banks
1–4. The optional memory board contains banks
5–8. Install additional memory in bank 2; then,
bank 3, and continue in numeric sequence. This
is a guideline but it is not required to populate
banks in this order.
3. All the DIMMs installed in a bank must be the
same size and speed, but each bank can have
different sized DIMMs installed.
4. Your server comes with one memory board and
one terminator board preinstalled. The memory
board contains four banks arranged in 16 DIMM
connectors and supports 4-way memory
interleaving.
You can replace the terminator board with an
optional memory board containing an additional
16 DIMM connectors.
5. Installing or removing memory modules changes
the configuration of the server. Therefore, after
installing or removing a DIMM, save the new
configuration information in the
Configuration/Setup Utility program. When you
restart the server, the system displays a
message indicating that the memory configuration
has changed. Start the Configuration/Setup
Utility program and select Save Settings. See
“Using the Configuration/Setup Utility Main Menu”
on page 26 for more information.
6. Consider the memory expansion that is available
with the DIMM size you are installing.
Table 11. Memory Expansion
DIMM Size
16 Connectors
(1 Card)
32 Connectors
(2 Cards)
32 MB
512 MB
1 GB
64 MB
1 GB
2 GB
128 MB
2 GB
4 GB
256 MB
4 GB
8 GB1
1 Requires greater than 32-bit operating system memory
support, or device driver support.
Your server provides two features that increase memory
access speed: address bit permuting (ABP) and
card-to-card (C2C).
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
149
Notes
1. BIOS automatically enables ABP, C2C, or ABP
and C2C together, depending on the memory
configuration.
2. ABP can function without replacing the terminator
board with an optional memory board. C2C
provides better performance but requires DIMMs
in both memory boards. C2C and ABP together
provide the best performance.
Table 12. Configurations for Memory Enhancement
Features
Memory Enhancement
Configuration
2-Way ABP
Same size memory in banks:
1
3
5
7
4-Way ABP
and
and
and
and
2
4 (if populated)
6 (if populated)
8 (if populated)
Same size memory in banks:
1, 2, 3, and 4
5, 6, 7, and 8 (if
populated)
C2C only
Same size memory in banks:
1
2
3
4
C2C and 2-Way ABP
and
and
and
and
5
6 (if populated)
7 (if populated)
8 (if populated)
Same size memory in banks:
1, 2, 5, and 6
3, 4, 7, and 8 (if
populated)
C2C and 4-Way ABP
150
Netfinity Server HMM
Same size memory in all
banks
Refer to this illustration while you perform the steps in this
procedure.
.1/ Latches
.2/ Retaining clips
.3/ DIMM
Before you begin:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Read “Safety Information” on page 226.
Read the documentation that comes with your
option.
To install a memory module:
1. Run the shutdown procedure for the operating
system. Turn off the server and peripheral devices
and disconnect all external cables and power cords
(see “Preparing to Install Options” on page 160); then
remove the front bezel (see “Removing the Front
Bezel” on page 163), and the front access cover (see
“Removing the Front Access Cover” on page 163).
2. Remove the memory board from the server:
a. Pull the latches .1/ so they rotate to a
90-degree angle from the memory board.
b. Grasp the two latches and carefully pull the
memory board from the server.
c. Place the memory board connector-side up on a
flat, static-protective surface.
3. Touch the static-protective package containing the
memory-module kit to any unpainted metal surface on
the server. Then, remove the memory module from
the package.
4. Install the memory module:
Attention: To avoid breaking the retaining clips or
damaging the memory-module connectors, handle the
clips gently.
a. Turn the memory module (DIMM) .3/ so that the
pins align correctly with the connector.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
151
b. Insert the DIMM into the connector by pressing
on one edge of the DIMM and then on the other
edge of the DIMM. Be sure to press straight into
the connector.
c. Repeat the preceding step to make sure the
DIMM is seated correctly.
d. Make sure the retaining clips .2/ are in the
closed position.
e. If a gap exists between the DIMM and the
retaining clips, the DIMM has not been properly
installed. In this case, open the retaining clips
and remove the DIMM; then, reinsert the DIMM.
f. Repeat these steps for each memory module
that you install.
5. Reinstall the memory board:
a. Insert the memory board into the guides and
gently press the memory board into the socket.
Attention
When you install the memory board in the
server, be sure that it is completely and
correctly seated in the connector before you
apply force to close the latches. Incomplete
insertion might cause damage to server
components.
b. Push the latches .1/ until they close and lock in
place.
6. If you have other options to install or remove, do so
now; otherwise, go to “Completing the Installation” on
page 97.
152
Netfinity Server HMM
Microprocessor Kit Installation
Your server comes with one microprocessor installed on
the processor board. When you install one or more
additional microprocessor kits, your server can operate as
a symmetric multiprocessing (SMP) server. With SMP,
certain operating systems and application programs can
distribute the processing load among the microprocessors.
This enhances performance for database and point-of-sale
applications, integrated manufacturing solutions, and other
applications.
Before you begin:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Read “Safety Information” on page 226.
Thoroughly review the documentation that comes
with the microprocessor, so that you can
determine whether you need to update the
server’s basic input/output system (BIOS). The
latest level of BIOS for your server is available
through the World Wide Web and the IBM
Bulletin Board System (BBS). Refer to the “Help
and Legal Information” section of this Server
Library for the appropriate World Wide Web
addresses and bulletin-board telephone numbers.
Obtain an SMP-capable operating system
(optional). For a list of supported operating
systems, see http://www.pc.ibm.com/us/compat/
on the World Wide Web.
Notes
1. The illustrations in this section might differ slightly
from your hardware.
2. To ensure proper server operation, when you
install a new or additional microprocessor, use
microprocessors with the same cache size as
those of the currently installed microprocessor.
3. If you replace the microprocessor in your server
with a microprocessor with a different speed; be
sure to set the Microprocessor Core Frequency
Selection jumper block correctly. (See
“Processor Board Jumpers” on page 166 for
more information.)
4. If you install additional microprocessors, be sure
to set the Microprocessor Core Frequency
Selection jumper block for the slowest speed
microprocessor installed in your server. (See
“Processor Board Jumpers” on page 166 for
more information.)
5. To maintain signal quality and system reliability,
either a microprocessor or the microprocessor
terminator card must be installed in
microprocessor socket 4. A microprocessor must
be installed in microprocessor socket 1.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
153
Refer to the following illustration while you perform the
steps in this section.
.. .
.. .
.1/ Memory board latches
.2/ Optional microprocessor
.3/ Latches
.4/ Microprocessor retention bracket
.5/ VRM retention bracket
.6/ VRMs for optional microprocessor
.7/ Guides
.8/ Microprocessor terminator card
.9/ VRMs for installed microprocessor
.1ð/ Installed microprocessor
To install an additional microprocessor kit:
1. Run the shutdown procedure for the operating
system. Turn off the server and peripheral devices
and disconnect all external cables and power cords
(see “Preparing to Install Options” on page 160); then
remove the front bezel (see “Removing the Front
Bezel” on page 163), and the front access cover (see
“Removing the Front Access Cover” on page 163).
2. Remove the memory board from memory board
socket 1:
a. Pull the memory board latches .1/ so they rotate
to a 90-degree angle from the memory board.
b. Grasp the two latches and carefully pull the
memory board from the server.
c. Put the memory board aside on a flat,
static-protective surface.
3. Remove the microprocessor retention bracket.4/:
a. Remove the shipping screw from the
microprocessor retention bracket.
b. Grasp the bracket handle and pull downwards
firmly to detach the bracket from the server.
c. Pivot the bracket to a 90-degree angle from the
processor board.
154
Netfinity Server HMM
d. Remove the bracket from the server.
4. Determine the microprocessor socket in which you
want to install the new microprocessor.
Note
Your server comes with a microprocessor
installed in socket 1. Install a second
microprocessor in socket 2, a third
microprocessor in socket 3, and a fourth
microprocessor in socket 4.
5. If you are adding a fourth microprocessor, remove the
microprocessor terminator card .8/:
Note
To maintain signal quality and system reliability, a
microprocessor or the microprocessor terminator
card must be installed in microprocessor socket
4.
a. Pull the microprocessor terminator card latches
so they rotate to a 90-degree angle from the
microprocessor terminator card.
b. Grasp the two latches and carefully pull the
microprocessor terminator card from the server.
c. Store the microprocessor terminator card in a
safe place.
6. Install the two voltage regulator modules (VRM) .6/
included in the microprocessor kit.
a. Refer to the label in front of the processor board
inside the server for the location of the VRM
sockets.
Note
Install the VRMs for a second
microprocessor in VRM sockets 2a and 2b.
Install the VRMs for a third microprocessor
in VRM sockets 3a and 3b. Install the
VRMs for a fourth microprocessor in VRM
sockets 4a and 4b.
b. Lift on the VRM retention bracket .5/ to detach
the bracket from the chassis.
c. Carefully remove the bracket from the server.
d. Install the VRMs in the VRM sockets.
e. Install the VRM retention bracket.
Note
When correctly installed, the bracket holds
the VRMs securely in place and does not
move or shift.
7. Install the microprocessor:
a. Touch the static-protective package containing
the new microprocessor to any unpainted metal
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
155
surface on the server; then, remove the
microprocessor from the package.
b. Insert the microprocessor into the guides .7/
and gently press the microprocessor into the
socket. When correctly inserted, the
microprocessor heat sink faces to the left.
Attention
Make sure the microprocessor is oriented
and aligned correctly before you try to press
it into the socket.
c. Push the latches .3/ until they close and lock in
place.
8. Install the microprocessor retention bracket:
a. Insert the bottom edge of the bracket in the
matching openings in the guide support.
b. Rotate the bracket over the microprocessors.
c. Grasp the bracket handle and press the bracket
firmly into place. Insert both tabs on the bracket
in the matching openings on the server chassis.
Note
When correctly installed, the bracket holds
the microprocessors securely in place and
does not move or shift.
9. Install the memory board:
a. Insert the memory board into the guides and
gently press the memory board into the socket.
Attention
When you install the memory board in the
server, be sure that it is completely and
correctly seated in the connector before you
apply force to close the latches. Incomplete
insertion might cause damage to server
components.
b. Push the memory board latches .1/ until they
close and lock in place.
10. If you have other options to install or remove, do so
now; otherwise, go to “Completing the Installation” on
page 97.
156
Netfinity Server HMM
Power Backplane Connector Locations
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
Processor Board Connector
SCSI Backplane Connector
Fan Connector (processor fans)
Fan Connector (DASD fans)
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
157
Power Backplane Removal
Before you begin:
Read “Safety Information” on page 226.
To remove the power backplane, do the following:
1. Remove the power supplies, see “Hot-Swap Power
Supply Removal” on page 118.
2. Remove the AC power assembly, see “AC Power
Assembly Removal” on page 87.
3. Remove the two power supply filler plate(s) screws
and remove the filler plate(s).
4. Disconnect the power backplane cables.
5. Turn the 4 quarter-turn fasteners .1/ and remove the
power backplane assembly.
158
Netfinity Server HMM
Power Control Card Removal
Before you begin:
Read “Safety Information” on page 226.
The power control card is located in the rear of the system.
To remove the power control card, do the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Power-off the system.
Disconnect all power to the system.
Remove the power control card screws .1/
Pull the power control card .2/ out of the the system.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
159
Preparing to Install Options
Before you begin:
Read “Safety Information” on page 226 and “Working
Inside a Server with Power On” on page 171.
Note
You do not need to turn the server off to install or
replace hot-swap power supplies, hot-swap fans,
hot-swap drives, or hot-plug PCI adapters.
If you are:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Installing or removing a hot-plug PCI adapter, go to
“Working with Adapters” on page 173.
Installing or replacing a hot-swap hard disk drive, go
to “Internal Drives Installation” on page 136.
Installing a hot-swap power supply, go to “Hot-Swap
Power Supply Installation” on page 115.
Removing a hot-swap power supply, go to “Hot-Swap
Power Supply Removal” on page 118.
Replacing a hot-swap fan, go to “Hot-Swap Fan
Assembly” on page 112.
Installing or removing an option not listed in the
preceding list, continue with the following steps.
1. Remove all media (diskettes, CDs, optical discs, or
tapes) from the drives; then, turn off the server and all
attached options.
Caution
The Power Control button on the front of the
server does not turn off the electrical current
supplied to the server. The server also might
have more than one power cord. To remove all
electrical current from the server, ensure that all
power cords are disconnected from the power
source.
2. If you have a modem or fax machine attached to the
server, disconnect the telephone line from the wall
outlet.
3. Unplug all power cords (cables) from electrical
outlets.
4. Note the location of the remaining cables and cords;
then disconnect them from the back of the server.
160
Netfinity Server HMM
Caution
Electrical current from power, telephone, and
communication cables can be hazardous. To
avoid personal injury or equipment damage,
disconnect the attached power cords,
telecommunications systems, networks, and
modems before you open the server covers,
unless instructed otherwise in the installation and
configuration procedures.
Removing the Top Cover: Refer to the following
illustration while you perform the steps in this procedure.
Before you begin:
Read “Safety Information” on page 226.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
161
To remove the server top cover:
1. Except if you are installing or removing a hot-swap
option, run the shutdown procedure for the operating
system, turn off the server and all attached devices,
and disconnect all external cables and power cords
(see “Preparing to Install Options” on page 160).
2. Loosen the two thumbscrews .1/ on the back edge of
the top cover.
3. Slide the top cover .2/ slightly toward the rear of the
server; the cover will stop after about 25 mm (1 inch).
Lift the cover off the server and set the cover aside.
162
Netfinity Server HMM
Removing the Front Bezel:
Refer to the
following illustration while you perform the steps in this
procedure.
Before you begin:
Read “Safety Information” on page 226.
To remove the front bezel:
1. Press on the tabs at the top edge of the bezel .1/.
2. Pivot the top of the bezel slightly away from the
server and remove the bezel from the server.
Removing the Front Access Cover:
Refer to
the following illustration while you perform the steps in this
procedure.
Before you begin:
Read “Safety Information” on page 226.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
163
To remove the server front access cover:
1. Run the shutdown procedure for the operating
system. Turn off the server and peripheral devices
and disconnect all external cables and power cords
(see “Preparing to Install Options” on page 160); then
remove the front bezel (see “Removing the Front
Bezel” on page 163).
2. Turn the two quarter-turn fasteners .1/ on the top
edge of the front access cover .2/ to the unlocked
position .3/. Pivot the top of the front access cover
away from the server and remove the cover from the
server.
Attention: For correct cooling and airflow, install the front
access cover before turning on the server. Operating the
server with the front access cover removed might damage
server components.
164
Netfinity Server HMM
Processor Board Component Locations
A simplified layout of the processor board is shown in the
following illustration.
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/
.17/
.18/
.19/
.2ð/
.21/
.22/
.23/
Memory board slot 1 connector (primary slot)
Memory board slot 2 connector (secondary
slot)
Microprocessor core frequency selection
jumper block (J43–J46)
Processor board power-good LED
Microprocessor voltage-regulator connectors
for microprocessor 4
Microprocessor voltage-regulator connectors
for microprocessor 3
Left LED = ERR 1, Right LED = ERR 0
Microprocessor voltage-regulator connectors
for microprocessor 2
Microprocessor voltage-regulator connectors
for microprocessor 1
Microprocessor termination LED
Power-good test jumper J5 (default pins 1-2)
Microprocessor voltage-regulator LEDs
Microprocessor bus activity LED for
microprocessor 4
Microprocessor bus activity LED for
microprocessor 3
Microprocessor bus activity LED for
microprocessor 2
Microprocessor bus activity LED for
microprocessor 1
2.5 Volt power-good LED
Power backplane connector
Microprocessor 1 socket
Microprocessor 2 socket
Microprocessor 3 socket
Microprocessor 4 socket
I/O board connector
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
165
Processor Board Jumpers
Table 13 describes the jumpers on the processor board.
The highlighted numbers in the table correspond to the
highlighted numbers on the illustration in “Processor Board
Component Locations” on page 165.
Notes
1. Turn off the server, and disconnect the power
cord before moving any jumpers.
2. Be sure the microprocessor bus-to-core ratio is
set correctly. For example, if you have a 450
MHz microprocessor installed and the system
bus speed is 100 MHz (the default), be sure that
the jumpers are set to a bus-to-core ratio of 4.5
(450/100). Refer to jumpers J43–J46 in
Table 13.
3. Be sure to set the Microprocessor Core
Frequency Selection jumper block for the slowest
speed microprocessor installed in your server.
For example, if your server has a 400 MHz
microprocessor installed and you install three 450
MHz microprocessors, set the Microprocessor
Core Frequency Selection jumper block for the
400 MHz microprocessor.
MHz denotes internal clock speed of the
microprocessor only; other factors also affect
application performance.
Attention
If the microprocessor bus-to-core ratio is incorrect,
board components will overheat and component
damage might occur. Be sure that the microprocessor
bus-to-core ratio jumper is properly set.
Table 13. Processor Board Jumpers
Jumper Name
Description
.3/ Microprocessor
core frequency
selection (J43–J46)
The default core/bus fraction is 4.0 (400/100
MHz). Jumpers are installed on pins 1 and 2
of J44, J45 and J46, and jumpers are
installed on pins 2 and 3 of J43.
For the core/bus fraction 4.5 (450/100 MHz),
the jumpers are installed on pins 1 and 2 of
J44, and J46, and jumpers are installed on
pins 2 and 3 of J43 and J45.
For the core/bus fraction 5.0 (500/100 MHz),
the jumpers are installed on pins 2 and 3 of
J43, and J44, and jumpers are installed on
pins 1 and 2 of J45 and J46.
For the core/bus fraction 5.5 (550/100 MHz),
the jumpers are installed on pins 2 and 3 of
J43, J44, and J45, and jumpers are installed
on pins 1 and 2 of J46.
166
Netfinity Server HMM
Processor Board Assembly Removal
Before you begin:
Read “Safety Information” on page 226.
.. .
.. .
To Remove the processor board, do the following:
1. Power-off the system.
2. Disconnect all power to the system.
3. Remove the top cover, see “Removing the Top
Cover” on page 161.
4. Remove the front bezel, see “Removing the Front
Bezel” on page 163.
5. Remove the following items, see “Microprocessor Kit
Installation” on page 153.
a. Processor Retention Bracket .1/
b. Processor(s) .2/
c. Processor Terminator Card .3/
d. Memory Card .4/
e. Memory Terminator Card .5/
f. VRM Retention Bracket .6/
6. Disconnect the processor board cables.
7. Remove the shuttle assembly, see “Shuttle Assembly
Removal” on page 169.
8. Turn the three quarter-turn fasteners .7/ and remove
the processor board assembly.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
167
Quarter-Turn Fastener
The following drawing shows the quarter-turn fastener lock
and unlock positions.
=
=
SCSI Backplane Component Locations
The following simplified layout of the SCSI backplane
identifies the components. Refer to this figure when you
set the jumpers on the backplane.
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
168
Wide (16-bit) SCSI connector
SCSI hot-swap drive connectors (on opposite
side of backplane)
SAF-TE SCSI Card connector
Power connector
Netfinity Server HMM
Shuttle Assembly Removal
Before you begin:
Read “Safety Information” on page 226.
To Remove the shuttle assembly, do the following:
1. Power-off the system.
2. Disconnect all power to the system.
3. Remove the top cover, see “Removing the Top
Cover” on page 161.
4. Disconnect all I/O board cables.
5. Disconnect all cables attached to the adapters
installed on the I/O board.
6. Remove all adapters installed on the I/O board.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
169
7. Remove the shuttle retainer clip .1/.
8. Remove the shuttle plate latch screw .2/ and rotate
the shuttle plate latch away from the system. This
will release the shuttle from the system.
9. While lifting up on the front of the shuttle .3/, slide
the shuttle out of the system.
170
Netfinity Server HMM
Working Inside a Server with Power On
Your server is designed to operate safely while powered
on with the top cover removed. The server is designed to
protect you and the server. Here are some simple
guidelines to follow when you work inside your server while
the server is powered on:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Avoid loose-fitting clothing on your forearms. (Button
the cuffs on long-sleeved shirts before working inside
the server; do not wear cufflinks while you are
working inside the server.)
Do not allow your necktie or scarf to hang inside the
server.
Remove jewelry, such as bracelets and loose-fitting
wrist watches.
Remove items from your shirt pocket (such as pens
and pencils) that could fall into the server as you lean
over it.
Take care to avoid dropping any metallic objects,
such as paper clips, hair pins, or screws, into the
server.
The Netfinity 7000 M10 incorporates new design features
and components.
I/O Board and I/O Function Card:
The server
replaces the system board with an I/O board and an I/O
function card. Together, the I/O board and the I/O function
card provide the functionality of a system board. This
modular design improves serviceability and provides for a
compact design.
See “I/O Board Component Locations” on page 142 for a
layout of the I/O board. See “I/O Function Card
Component Locations” on page 145 for a layout of the I/O
function card.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
171
.1/ I/O function card
.2/ I/O board
Netfinity Advanced Remote Management
Controller: With a Netfinity Advanced Remote
Management Controller, in conjunction with Netfinity
Manager, you can locally and remotely configure and
monitor many features of your server.
Note
You must have the Advanced Remote Management
Controller installed for proper operation of your server
and to use the system-management functions the
adapter provides.
For more information:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
172
See “What the IBM Netfinity 7000 M10 Offers” on
page 42 for an overview of the functions and features
See “Connecting External Options” on page 100 for a
detailed description of the connectors
See “Advanced System Management PCI Adapter
Component Locations” on page 88 for a layout
showing the component locations
Refer to the “Advanced Remote Management
Reference” section of this Server Library for
installation, startup, and operating instructions
Netfinity Server HMM
Working with Adapters
You can add adapters to extend the capabilities and power
of your server. Many adapters provide bus-master
capabilities, which enable the adapters to perform
operations without interrupting the server's
microprocessors. You add adapters to the expansion
connectors, called slots, on the I/O board of your server.
All slots are peripheral component interconnect (PCI)
expansion slots. Your server supports up to 12 adapters
in the PCI slots.
You can install a new PCI adapter or replace an existing
PCI adapter with the same type of adapter without turning
the server power off and restarting the system. These
slots are called hot-pluggable PCI slots. They are also
referred to as hot-plug PCI slots. Hot-plug requires
support from both the operating system and the adapter
device driver.
A PCI adapter comes with built-in identification and
configuration specifications (set in memory on the device)
that provide installation information to the server during
startup. This information is read by the input/output (I/O)
bus and interpreted by the server BIOS. The BIOS
routines automatically configure the adapter around the
resources already in use by other devices.
Your server comes with a video controller. This video
controller is an integrated component on the I/O function
card. The integrated video controller has super video
graphics array (SVGA) technology.
The integrated video controller is not removable. If you
want to disable this controller and use a video adapter
instead, you can install a video adapter in an expansion
slot. When you install a PCI video adapter, the server
BIOS automatically disables the integrated video controller.
The integrated video controller has 1 MB of video memory.
The integrated video controller supports the following
screen resolutions:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
640 × 480 pels with up to 65,536 colors
800 × 600 pels with up to 65,536 colors
1024 × 768 pels with up to 256 colors
1152 × 864 pels with up to 256 colors
The following illustration shows the location of the
expansion slots and other components referred to in these
steps.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
173
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
I/O function card slot
Power LEDs
Attention LEDs for PCI slots
Hot-plug 32-bit PCI slots 11–12 (bus C)
Hot-plug 32-bit PCI slots 6–10 (bus B)
Hot-plug 64-bit PCI slots 1–5 (bus A)
LEDs for PCI Slots: Each PCI slot has three lights
associated with it — two Attention lights and one Power
On light.
Ÿ
Ÿ
174
Power On Light: This light is on when the PCI slot
is active and has power. Do not add or remove an
adapter from the PCI slot when the Power On light is
on. When this light is off, the PCI slot is inactive and
has no power applied. You can install or remove an
adapter when the Power On light is off. Refer to your
operating system documentation to determine if it
supports hot-plug PCI adapters.
Attention Lights: Each PCI slot has two Attention
lights: one that is visible from the rear of the server
and one that is visible inside the server. (The lights
have the same meaning; they are duplicated to be
visible from outside or inside the server.) An
Attention light flashes approximately once per second
when it is on. The meaning of the Attention lights is
defined by your operating system. Refer to your
operating system documentation to determine if it
supports hot-plug PCI adapters and, if so, what the
Attention lights indicate.
Netfinity Server HMM
Adapter Considerations: Before you continue
with the adapter-installation procedure:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Review and follow the instructions that come with the
adapter and your operating system in addition to the
instructions given in this chapter. If you need to
change the switch or jumper settings on your adapter,
follow the instructions that come with the adapter
documentation.
You can install full-length PCI adapters in all PCI
expansion slots.
Your server supports only 5.0 V DC PCI adapters.
Your server uses a rotational interrupt technique to
configure PCI adapters. This technique enables you
to install a variety of PCI adapters that currently do
not support sharing of PCI interrupts.
For a list of compatible RAID adapters, and
installation requirements, refer to
http://www.pc.ibm.com/us/compat/ on the World Wide
Web. If you install a RAID adapter, configure the
adapter using the RAID adapter documentation.
The I/O function card slot can support only the I/O
function card. It is not an expansion slot.
The system-management adapter slot can only
support the Advanced Remote Management
Controller. It is not an expansion slot.
Your server has three 33 MHz PCI buses.
– PCI slots 11 and 12 are on PCI bus C (bus
numbers 0 and 1, with bus numbers 2 and 3
reserved for adapters that require bus number
assignments).
– PCI slots 6–10 are on PCI bus B (bus number 4,
with bus number 5–9 reserved for adapters that
require bus number assignments).
– PCI slots 1–5 are on PCI bus A (bus number 10,
with bus numbers 11–15 reserved for adapters
that require bus number assignments).
You can install 32-bit adapters in 64-bit slots and
64-bit adapters in 32-bit slots.
Spread the installation of high speed adapters, such
as Gb Ethernet adapters, between the three PCI
buses to optimize performance.
Configuring Adapters:
PCI devices automatically
communicate with the server configuration information.
This usually results in automatic configuration of a PCI
device. From the Configuration/Setup Utility program, you
can select available resources for the adapter that you are
installing. If a conflict does occur, see “Resolving
Configuration Conflicts” on page 36.
Refer to the documentation that comes with the adapter for
information about required system resources. Then, make
the appropriate jumper or switch settings on the adapter.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
175
Installing a Hot-Plug PCI Adapter: This
section gives the procedure for installing a hot-plug PCI
adapter. If you want to remove a hot-plug adapter, reverse
the steps. If your operating system supports hot-replace
PCI adapters, you can replace a failing hot-plug PCI
adapter with a new adapter of the same type without
turning off power to the server. If your operating system
and adapter also support the hot-add feature, you can
install a new adapter without turning off the power to the
server.
Note
You do not need to turn the server off to install or
remove a hot-plug PCI adapter.
Before you begin:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Read “Safety Information” on page 226 and
“Working Inside a Server with Power On” on
page 171.
Read the documentation that comes with your
adapter for any special requirements or
restrictions.
Read the documentation that comes with your
operating system.
Attention
Do not remove a hot-plug adapter before performing
the operating-system-defined procedure for disabling
the hot-plug PCI slot that contains the adapter.
Failure to do so might cause your system to lock up.
Refer to your operating system documentation.
176
Netfinity Server HMM
Refer to the following illustrations while you perform the
steps in this procedure.
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
Tab
Adapter retention latch
Expansion slot cover
Attention light
Power light
Plastic divider
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
177
.1/
.2/
.7/
.8/
Tab
Adapter retention latch
Adapter
Adapter retention latch
To install a hot-plug PCI adapter:
1. Remove the top cover (see “Removing the Top
Cover” on page 161).
2. Determine which expansion slot you will use for the
adapter.
Note
Check the instructions that come with the adapter
for any requirements or restrictions.
3. Disable the PCI slot from your operating system.
(Refer to the documentation that comes with your
operating system for information about disabling a
hot-plug PCI slot.)
Attention: Make sure the Power On light .5/ for the
expansion slot is off before you continue with the next
step. Failure to do so might cause your system to
lock up.
178
Netfinity Server HMM
4. Remove the expansion-slot cover.3/:
a. Rotate the adapter retention latch .2/.
b. Lift the tab .1/ covering the top of the
expansion-slot cover .3/ and remove the
expansion-slot cover from the server. Store it in
a safe place for future use.
Attention: Expansion-slot covers must be
installed on all vacant slots. This maintains the
electromagnetic-emissions characteristics of the
system and ensures proper cooling of system
components.
5. Refer to the documentation that comes with your
adapter for any cabling instructions. It might be
easier for you to route any cables before you install
the adapter.
6. Remove the adapter from the static-protective
package.
Note
Avoid touching the components and gold-edge
connectors on the adapter.
7. Place the adapter, component-side up, on a flat,
static-protective surface.
8. Set any jumpers or switches as described by the
adapter manufacturer.
9. Install the adapter:
a. Carefully grasp the adapter .7/ by its top edge
or upper corners, and align it with the expansion
slot on the I/O board.
b. Press the adapter firmly into the expansion slot.
Attention: When you install an adapter in the
server, be sure that it is completely and correctly
seated in the connector. Incomplete insertion
might cause damage to server components or
the adapter.
c. Lower the tab .1/ over the adapter. Rotate the
adapter retention latch .2/ until it snaps in place.
Note
The expansion slot also has an adapter
retention latch .8/ at the opposite end of the
slot. To remove the adapter, push the
adapter retention latch away from the
adapter until the top edge of the adapter is
past the latch.
10. Connect any cables to the adapter.
11. Enable the PCI slot from your operating system.
Make sure the Power On light .5/ for the PCI slot is
on.
12. If you have other options to install or remove, do so
now; otherwise, go to “Completing the Installation” on
page 97.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
179
Installing a Non-Hot-Plug PCI Adapter:
This
section gives the procedures for installing a non-hot-plug
adapter. If you want to remove a non-hot-plug adapter,
reverse the steps.
Before you begin:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Read “Safety Information” on page 226.
Read the documentation that comes with your
adapter for any special requirements or
restrictions.
Refer to the illustrations in “Installing a Hot-Plug PCI
Adapter” on page 176 while you perform the steps in this
procedure.
To install a non-hot-plug PCI adapter:
1. Run the shutdown procedure for the operating
system. Turn off the server and peripheral devices
and disconnect all external cables and power cords
(see “Preparing to Install Options” on page 160); then
remove the top cover (see “Removing the Top Cover”
on page 161).
2. Determine which expansion slot you will use for the
adapter.
Note
Check the instructions that come with the adapter
for any requirements or restrictions.
3. Remove the expansion-slot cover.3/:
a. See the illustrations in “Installing a Hot-Plug PCI
Adapter” on page 176 for operation of the
adapter retention latch on the end of the slot
near the rear of the server.
b. Rotate the adapter retention latch .2/.
c. Lift the tab .1/ covering the top of the
expansion-slot cover and remove the
expansion-slot cover from the server. Store it in
a safe place for future use.
Attention: Expansion-slot covers must be
installed on all vacant slots. This maintains the
electromagnetic-emissions characteristics of the
system and ensures proper cooling of system
components.
4. Refer to the documentation that comes with your
adapter for any cabling instructions. It might be
easier for you to route any cables before you install
the adapter.
5. Remove the adapter from the static-protective
package.
180
Netfinity Server HMM
Note
Avoid touching the components and gold-edge
connectors on the adapter.
6. Place the adapter, component-side up, on a flat,
static-protective surface.
7. Set any jumpers or switches as described by the
adapter manufacturer.
8. Install the adapter:
a. Carefully grasp the adapter .7/ by its top edge
or upper corners, and align it with the expansion
slot on the I/O board.
b. Press the adapter firmly into the expansion slot.
Attention
When you install an adapter in the server,
be sure that it is completely and correctly
seated in the connector before you apply
power. Incomplete insertion might cause
damage to server components or the
adapter.
c. Refer to the illustration in “Installing a Hot-Plug
PCI Adapter” on page 176 for operation of the
adapter retention latch on the end of the slot
near the rear of the server.
d. Lower the tab over the adapter. Rotate the
adapter retention latch until it snaps in place.
e. Connect any cables to the adapter.
9. If you have other options to install or remove, do so
now; otherwise, go to “Completing the Installation” on
page 97.
Verifying Compatibility between Network
Adapters and Device Drivers: Your server
supports several types of network adapters. If you are
having trouble with the installation or operation of a
network adapter or network operating system, ensure that
the network-adapter device driver supports multiple
processors. Refer to your network-adapter documentation
for additional information about adapter compatibility
requirements.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
181
Symptom-to-FRU Index
This index supports Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
servers.
Notes
1. Check the configuration before you replace a
FRU. Configuration problems can cause false
errors and symptoms.
2. For IBM devices not supported by index, refer to
the manual for that device.
3. Always start with “General Checkout” on page 6.
The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists symptoms, errors, and
the possible causes. The most likely cause is listed first.
Use this Symptom-to-FRU Index to help you decide which
FRUs to have available when servicing the computer.
Beep Symptoms
Beep symptoms are short tones or a series of short tones
separated by pauses (intervals without sound). See the
following examples.
Note
One beeps after successfully completing POST
indicated the system is functioning properly.
Beeps
1-2-3
Description
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
One beep
A pause (or break)
Two beeps
A pause (or break)
Three beeps
4
Four continuous beeps
Beep/Symptom
FRU/Action
1-1-2
(Processor register test
failed)
1. VRMs A and B
2. BSP Processor
3. Processor Board
1-1-3
(CMOS write/read test
failed)
1. Battery, see “Battery”
on page 89.
2. I/O Function Card
3. I/O Board
1-1-4
(BIOS ROM checksum
failed)
1. I/O Board
2. Processor Board
1-2-1
(Programmable Interval
Timer failed)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
1-2-2
(DMA initialization failed)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
3. Processor Board
182
Netfinity Server HMM
Beep/Symptom
FRU/Action
1-2-3
(DMA page register
write/read failed)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
3. Processor Board
1-2-4
RAM refresh verification
failed
1. Processor Board
2. Memory Card
1-3-1
(1st 64K RAM test failed)
1. If Memory Card LED
is on, replace DIMM
2. Memory Card 1
3. Memory Card 2, if
installed
4. Processor Board
1-3-2
(1st 64K RAM parity test
failed)
1. If Memory Card LED
is on, replace DIMM
2. Memory Card 1
3. Memory Card 2, if
installed
4. Processor Board
2-1-1
(Secondary DMA register
failed)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
3. Processor Board
2-1-2
(Primary DMA register
failed)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
3. Processor Board
2-1-3
(Primary interrupt mask
register failed)
1. I/O Board
2. Processor Board
2-1-4
(Secondary interrupt mask
register failed)
1. I/O Board
2. Processor Board
2-2-1
(Interrupt vector loading
failed)
1. I/O Board
2. Processor Board
2-2-2
(Keyboard controller failed)
1. I/O Function Card
2. Keyboard
2-2-3
(CMOS power failure and
checksum checks failed)
1. Battery, see “Battery”
on page 89.
2. I/O Function Card
3. I/O Board
2-2-4
(CMOS configuration info
validation failed)
1. Battery, see “Battery”
on page 89.
2. I/O Function Card
2-3-1
(Screen initialization failed)
1. I/O Function Card
2-3-2
(Screen memory failed)
1. I/O Function Card
2-3-3
(Screen retrace failed)
1. I/O Function Card
2-3-4
(Search for video ROM
failed)
1. I/O Function Card
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
183
Beep/Symptom
FRU/Action
2-4-1
(Video failed, screen
believed operable)
1. I/O Function Card
3-1-1
(Timer tick interrupt failed)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
3-1-2
(Interval timer channel 2
failed)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
3-1-3
(RAM test failed above
address 0FFFFH)
1. If Memory Card LED
is on, replace DIMM
2. Memory Card 1
3. Memory Card 2, if
installed
4. Processor Board
3-1-4
(Time-Of-Day clock failed)
1. Battery, see “Battery”
on page 89.
2. I/O Function Card
3-2-1
(Serial port failed)
1. I/O Function Card
3-2-2
(Parallel port failed)
1. I/O Function Card
3-2-3
(Math coprocessor failed)
1. Processor
2. Processor Board
3-2-4
(Failure comparing CMOS
memory size against actual)
1. If Memory Card LED
is on, replace DIMM
2. Memory Card 1
3. Memory Card 2, if
installed
4. Processor Board
5. Battery, see “Battery”
on page 89.
3-3-1
(Memory size mismatch
occurred)
1. If Memory Card LED
is on, replace DIMM
2. Memory Card 1
3. Memory Card 2, if
installed
4. Processor Board
5. Battery, see “Battery”
on page 89.
3-3-2
(Critical SMBUS error
occurred)
1. Disconnect the
server power cord
from outlet, wait 30
seconds and retry.
2. See “SMBUS Error
(3-3-2)” on page 204.
Three Short Beeps
1. If Memory Card LED
is on, replace DIMM
2. Memory Card 1
3. Memory Card 2, if
installed
4. Processor Board
One Continuous Beep
1. Processor
2. Processor Board
184
Netfinity Server HMM
Beep/Symptom
FRU/Action
Repeating Short Beeps
1. Keyboard
2. I/O Function Card
3. I/O Board
One Long and One Short
Beep
1. Video adapter, is
installed
2. I/O Function Card
One Long and Two Short
Beeps
1. Video adapter, if
installed
2. I/O Function Card
One Long and Three Short
Beeps
1. Monitor (Display)
2. I/O Function Card
Two Long and Two Short
Beeps
1. Video adapter, if
installed
2. I/O Function Card
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
185
No Beep Symptoms
No Beep Symptom
FRU/Action
No beep and the system
operates correctly.
1. Check speaker
cables
2. Front Panel
3. I/O Function Card
No AC power
(Power supply AC LED is
off)
1. Check the power
cord
2. Power Supply (If two
are installed, swap
them to determine if
one is defective.)
3. Power Backplane
4. AC Box
No beep and no video
1. See “Undetermined
Problems” on
page 205.
System will not power-up
(Power supply AC LED is
on)
1. See “Power Supply
LED Errors.” on
page 194.
186
Netfinity Server HMM
Diagnostic Error Codes
In the following error codes, X can be any number or letter.
Error Code/Symptom
FRU/Action
001-XXX-XXX
(Failed core tests)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
005-XXX-XXX
(Failed Video test)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
011-XXX-XXX
(Failed Serial Port test)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
014-XXX-XXX
(Failed Parallel Port test)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
015-XXX-XXX
Failed USB test)
1. I/O Board
030-XXX-000
(Failed Internal SCSI
interface test -channel 0)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
030-XXX-001
(Failed Internal SCSI
interface test -channel 1)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
035-XXX-000
(Failed RAID test for
adapter in slot 1)
1. SCSI Cable
2. RAID Adapter 1
3. SCSI Backplane
035-XXX-001
(Failed RAID test for Fixed
Disk in bay 1 SCSI ID 0)
Important
1.
2.
3.
4.
Fixed Disk 1
SCSI Cable
RAID Adapter
SCSI Backplane
1.
2.
3.
4.
Fixed Disk 2
SCSI Cable
RAID Adapter
SCSI Backplane
This is a duplicate
error code used for
adapters and disk
drives. To verify the
type of failure, see the
system error log.
035-XXX-002
(Failed RAID test for Fixed
Disk in bay 2 SCSI ID 1)
Important
This is a duplicate
error code used for
adapters and disk
drives. To verify the
type of failure, see the
system error log.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
187
Error Code/Symptom
035-XXX-002
(Failed RAID test for
adapter in slot 3)
Important
FRU/Action
1. SCSI Cable
2. RAID Adapter 3
3. SCSI Backplane
This is a duplicate
error code used for
adapters and disk
drives. To verify the
type of failure, see the
system error log.
035-XXX-003
(Failed RAID test for Fixed
Disk in bay 3, SCSI ID 2)
Important
1.
2.
3.
4.
Fixed Disk 3
SCSI Cable
RAID Adapter
SCSI Backplane
This is a duplicate
error code used for
adapters and disk
drives. To verify the
type of failure, see the
system error log.
035-XXX-003
(Failed RAID test for
adapter in slot 4)
Important
1. SCSI Cable
2. RAID Adapter 4
3. SCSI Backplane
This is a duplicate
error code used for
adapters and disk
drives. To verify the
type of failure, see the
system error log.
035-XXX-004
(Failed RAID test for Fixed
Disk in bay 4, SCSI ID 3)
Important
1.
2.
3.
4.
Fixed Disk 4
SCSI Cable
RAID Adapter
SCSI Backplane
This is a duplicate
error code used for
adapters and disk
drives. To verify the
type of failure, see the
system error log.
035-XXX-004
(Failed RAID test for
adapter in slot 5)
Important
This is a duplicate
error code used for
adapters and disk
drives. To verify the
type of failure, see the
system error log.
188
Netfinity Server HMM
1. SCSI Cable
2. RAID Adapter 5
3. SCSI Backplane
Error Code/Symptom
FRU/Action
035-XXX-005
(Failed RAID test for
adapter in slot 6)
1. SCSI Cable
2. RAID Adapter 6
3. SCSI Backplane
035-XXX-006
(Failed RAID test for
adapter in slot 7)
1. SCSI Cable
2. RAID Adapter 7
3. SCSI Backplane
035-XXX-007
(Failed RAID test for
adapter in slot 8)
1. SCSI Cable
2. RAID Adapter 8
3. SCSI Backplane
035-XXX-008
(Failed RAID test for
adapter in slot 9)
1. SCSI Cable
2. RAID Adapter 9
3. SCSI Backplane
035-XXX-009
(Failed RAID test for
adapter in slot 10)
1. SCSI Cable
2. RAID Adapter 10
3. SCSI Backplane
035-XXX-010
(Failed RAID test for
adapter in slot 11)
1. SCSI Cable
2. RAID Adapter 11
3. SCSI Backplane
035-XXX-011
(Failed RAID test for
adapter in slot 12)
1. SCSI Cable
2. RAID Adapter 12
3. SCSI Backplane
089-XXX-001
(Failed Microprocessor test)
1. Processor 1
2. VRMs
3. Processor Board
089-XXX-002
(Failed Microprocessor test)
1. Processor 2
2. VRMs
3. Processor Board
089-XXX-003
(Failed Microprocessor test)
1. Processor 3
2. VRMs
3. Processor Board
089-XXX-004
(Failed Microprocessor test)
1. Processor 4
2. VRMs
3. Processor Board
165-XXX-000
(Failed System
Management Card test)
1. System Management
Card
2. System Management
Card Cable
3. I/O Function Card
170-XXX-XXX
(Voltage sensor test failed)
1. System Management
Card
2. System Management
Card Cable
3. Power Control Card
175-XXX-XXX
(Thermal sensor test failed)
1. System Management
Card
2. System Management
Card Cable
180-XXX-000
(LED test failed)
1. System Management
Card
180-XXX-001
(LED test failed)
1. Front Panel
2. System Management
Card
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
189
Error Code/Symptom
FRU/Action
180-XXX-002
(LED test failed)
1. Memory Card 1
2. System Management
Card
180-XXX-003
(LED test failed)
1. Memory Card 2
2. System Management
Card
180-XXX-004
(PCI Power/Attention LED
tests failed)
1. I/O Board
180-XXX-005
(Retention bracket failure)
1. PCI Sensor Card
2. I/O Board
180-XXX-006
(ASPI not loaded)
1. SCSI Cable
2. SCSI Backplane
3. I/O Function Card
180-XXX-007
(DASD LED failed, see
message for slot)
1. Cable
2. DASD backplane
185-XXX-001
(Intrusion Security test
failed)
1. Intrusion (C2
Security) Cable
2. Front Panel
3. I/O Function Card
185-XXX-002
(Intrusion Security test
failed)
1. Intrusion (C2
Security) Cable
2. Front Panel
3. I/O Function Card
201-004-CDD
(Failed Memory Test)
CDD:
C = Card number
DD = DIMM number (silk
screened)
1. Memory DIMM (see
message for
Card/DIMM)
2. Memory Card
201-204-999
(Failed memory test multiple FRUs)
1. Memory DIMM (see
message for
Card/DIMM)
2. Memory Card (see
message for
Card/DIMM)
201-XXX-001
(Failed ECC test)
1. Memory DIMM (Verify
failing FRU in system
error log.)
202-XXX-000
(Failed System Cache test)
1. BSP Processor
2. Processor Board
206-XXX-XXX
(Failed Diskette Drive test)
1. Diskette Drive cable
2. Diskette Drive
3. I/O Function Card
215-XXX-000
(Failed CD-ROM test)
1. CD-ROM cable
2. CD-ROM drive
3. I/O Board
217-XXX-001
(Failed BIOS Fixed Disk
test)
1. Fixed Disk 1
190
Netfinity Server HMM
Error Code/Symptom
FRU/Action
217-XXX-002
(Failed BIOS Fixed Disk
test)
1. Fixed Disk 2
217-XXX-003
(Failed BIOS Fixed Disk
test)
1. Fixed Disk 3
217-XXX-004
(Failed BIOS Fixed Disk
test)
1. Fixed Disk 4
301-XXX-XXX
(Failed Keyboard test)
1. Keyboard
2. I/O Function Card
415-XXX-XXX
(Failed modem test)
1. Modem Card
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
191
Error Symptoms
Error Symptom
FRU/Action
CD is not working properly.
1. Clean the CD
2. Clean the optical-head
lens.
3. CD-ROM Drive
CD-ROM drive tray is not
working.
(The server must be
powered-on.) If the server
is on and the tray does not
eject,
1. Insert the end of a
paper clip into the
manual tray-release
opening.
2. CD-ROM Drive
CD-ROM drive is not
recognized.
1. Run
Configuration/Setup,
enabled primary IDE
channel.
2. Check cables and
jumpers.
3. Check for correct
device driver.
Diskette drive in-use light
stays on, or the system
bypasses the diskette drive.
If there is a diskette in the
drive, verify that:
1. The diskette drive is
enabled in the
configuration
programs.
2. The diskette is good
and not damaged.
(Try another diskette if
you have one.)
3. The diskette is inserted
correctly in the drive.
4. The diskette contains
the necessary files to
start the server.
5. The software program
is OK.
If the diskette drive in-use
light stays on, or the system
continues to bypass the
diskette drive, replace the
diskette drive.
Fan (one only) not running.
1. Swap fans to see if
the fan is defective.
2. Power Control Card
3. Fan Cable
Fans (two only) not running.
1. Check the connection
between the fan
cables and the power
backplane.
2. Fans
3. Power Control Card
4. Power Backplane
Fans (all) not running.
1. Check fan cables
2. Power Control Card
3. Power Backplane
192
Netfinity Server HMM
Error Symptom
FRU/Action
Fans (all) continuously run
fast.
1. Power Control Card
2. Front Panel Card
3. System Management
Card
Monitor problems (general)
Some IBM monitors have
their own self-tests. If you
suspect a problem with your
monitor, refer to the
information that comes with
the monitor for adjusting
and testing instructions.
1. Monitor
2. Display Adapter/I/O
Function Card
3. I/O Board
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
193
Power Control Card LED
The power control card LED is located on the rear of the
system. If the power control card LED is not flashing,
replace the power control card.
Power Supply LED Errors.
Use the power supply LED information on the following
page to trouble shoot power supply problems.
Note
The minimum configuration required for the DC Good
light to come on is.
I/O Board
Power AC Inlet Box
Power Backplane
Power Control Card
Power Supply
Processor Board
Important
If you cannot power the system off with the front panel
switch:
1. If ACPI is enabled in Setup, you must hold the
power button for 5 seconds.
2. Disconnect the AC power.
3. Remove the battery.
4. Power-on the server.
5. Power-off the server.
6. Replace the battery.
Table 14 (Page 1 of 2). Power Supply LED Errors
AC
Good
LED
DC
Good
LED
Off
Off
Description:
No power to system or AC problem.
FRU/Action:
1.
2.
3.
4.
194
Check AC power to system
Power Supply
Power Backplane
Power AC Inlet Box
Netfinity Server HMM
Table 14 (Page 2 of 2). Power Supply LED Errors
AC
Good
LED
DC
Good
LED
On
Off
Description:
Standby mode or DC problem.
FRU/Action:
1. Verify power supply switch is
on.
2. The LED on the power control
card should be flashing; if not,
replace the power control card.
3. Check the power backplane to
processor board cable
connections.
4. Disconnect the power cord; then,
disconnect or remove all adapters,
cables and power connectors to
all internal and external devices,
memory cards, processors,
processors terminator cards, and
VRMs.
5. Install a jumper on J7 of the I/O
board, see “I/O Board Component
Locations” on page 142.
6. Connect the power cord; then,
check the DC Good light on the
power supply. If the DC Good
light on the power supply is on,
remove the jumper you installed
on J7; then, replace the
components in the following order
to isolate the failing component.
a. I/O Function Card
b. All remeinting componets,
one at a time.
If the DC Good light on the power
supply is still off, replace the
following components in the order
listed until the light comes on.
a. Processor Board
b. I/O Board
c. Power Backplane
d. VDF Card
e. Power Supply
On
On
Description:
Power is OK
FRU/Action:
None
POST Error Codes
In the following error codes, X can be any number or letter.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
195
Error Code/Symptom
FRU/Action
062
(Three consecutive boot
failures using the default
configuration.)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Battery, see “Battery”
on page 89.
3. I/O Function Card
101, 102
(System and processor
error)
1. I/O Board
2. Processor Board
106
(Diskette controller error)
1. I/O Function Card
2. I/O Board
111
(Channel check error)
1. I/O Board
114
(Adapter read-only memory
error)
1. Failing Adapter
2. Run Diagnostics
129
(Internal Cache error)
1. BSP Processor
2. Processor Board
151
(Real time clock error)
1. Run Diagnostics
2. Battery, see “Battery”
on page 89.
3. I/O Function Card
161
(Real time clock battery
error)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Battery, see “Battery”
on page 89.
3. I/O Function Card
162
(Device Configuration Error)
Important
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Battery, see “Battery”
on page 89.
3. Failing Device
4. I/O Board
Be sure to load the
default settings and
any additional desired
settings; then, save
the configuration.
163
(Real-Time Clock error)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Battery, see “Battery”
on page 89.
3. I/O Function Card
164
(Memory configuration
changed)
1. If error 289 is
displayed, follow
instruction on
screen. Verify failing
FRU in system error
log.
2. Run
Configuration/Setup
3. Memory Card
4. Processor Board
196
Netfinity Server HMM
Error Code/Symptom
FRU/Action
173
(System CMOS checksum
bad)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Battery, see “Battery”
on page 89.
3. I/O Function Card
175
(Hardware error)
1. I/O Board
2. Processor Board
3. System Management
Card
176
(Computer cover or cable
cover was removed without
a key being used)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Intrusion (C2 Security)
Cable
3. Front Panel
4. I/O Function Card
177, 178
(Security hardware error)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. System Management
Card
3. Front Panel
184
(Power-on password
corrupted)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Battery, see “Battery”
on page 89.
3. System Management
Card
185
(Drive startup sequence
information corrupted)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. System Management
Card
186
(Security control logic error)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. System Management
Card
3. Front Panel
187
(VPD serial number not set.)
1. Set serial number in
Setup
2. System Management
Card
188
(Bad EEPROM CRC #2)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. I/O Board
189
(An attempt was made to
access the server with
invalid passwords)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup,
enter the
administrator
password
201
(Memory test error)
1. DIMM
2. Memory Board
3. Processor Board
229
(Cache error)
1. BSP Processor
2. Processor Board
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
197
Error Code/Symptom
FRU/Action
262
(DRAM parity configuration
error)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Battery, see “Battery”
on page 89.
3. Processor Board
289
(DIMM has been disabled
by the user or system, see
“Memory Settings” on
page 33.)
1. Follow the
instructions on the
screen. Verify the
failing FRU in the
system error log.
301
(Keyboard or keyboard
controller error)
1. Keyboard
2. I/O Function Card
3. I/O Board
303
(Keyboard controller error)
1. Keyboard
2. I/O Function Card
3. I/O Board
602
(Invalid diskette boot record)
1. Diskette
2. Cable
3. Diskette Drive
604
(Diskette drive error)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
and Diagnostics
2. Diskette Drive
3. Drive Cable
4. I/O Function Card
605
(Unlock failure)
1. Diskette Drive
2. Drive Cable
3. I/O Function Card
662
(Diskette drive configuration
error)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
and Diagnostics
2. Diskette Drive
3. Drive Cable
4. I/O Function Card
762
(Coprocessor configuration
error)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Battery, see “Battery”
on page 89.
3. BSP Processor
962
(Parallel port error)
1. Disconnect external
cable on parallel port.
2. Run
Configuration/Setup
3. I/O Function Card
11XX
(System-board serial port 1
or 2 error)
1. Disconnect external
cable on serial port.
2. Run
Configuration/Setup
3. I/O Function Card
198
Netfinity Server HMM
Error Code/Symptom
1600
(The System Management
Card is not functioning)
Do the following before
replacing a FRU:
Ÿ
Remove the AC power
to the system, wait 20
seconds; then,
re-connect the AC
power. Wait 30
seconds; then,
power-on the system.
FRU/Action
1. I/O Board Cable
2. System Management
Card Cable
3. System Management
Card
4. I/O Function Card
5. I/O Board
1762
(Fixed Disk Configuration
error)
1. Fixed Disk Cables
2. Run
Configuration/Setup
3. Fixed Disk Adapter
4. Fixed Disk Drive
5. I/O Function Card
178X
(Fixed Disk error)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1962
(Drive does not contain a
valid boot sector)
1. Verify a bootable
operating system is
installed
2. Run Diagnostics
3. Hard Disk Drive Cable
4. I/O Function Card
5. Hard Disk Drive
2400
(Video controller test failure)
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. I/O Function Card
2462
(Video memory
configuration error)
1. Video Adapter
(if installed)
2. I/O Function Card
5962
(IDE CD-ROM configuration
error)
1.
2.
3.
4.
8603
(Pointing Device Error)
1. Pointing Device
2. I/O Function Card
0001200
(Machine check architecture
error)
1. BSP Processor
2. Processor Board
000120PX
(Processor cache error)
1. Processor X
2. Processor Board
00019501
(Processor 1 is not
functioning)
1. VRM 1A/1B
2. Processor 1
3. Processor Board
Fixed Disk Cables
Run Diagnostics
Fixed Disk Adapter
Fixed Disk Drive
I/O Function Card
Run Configuration
CD-ROM Drive Cable
CD-ROM Drive
Battery, see “Battery”
on page 89.
5. I/O Board
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
199
Error Code/Symptom
FRU/Action
00019502
(Processor 2 is not
functioning)
1. VRM 2A/2B
2. Processor 2
3. Processor Board
00019503
(Processor 3 is not
functioning)
1. VRM 3A/3B
2. Processor 3
3. Processor Board
00019504
(Processor 4 is not
functioning)
1. VRM 4A/4B
2. Processor 4
3. Processor Board
00019701
(Processor 1 failed BIST)
1. Processor 1
2. Processor Board
3. I/O Board
00019702
(Processor 2 failed BIST)
1. Processor 2
2. Processor Board
3. I/O Board
00019703
(Processor 3 failed BIST)
1. Processor 3
2. Processor Board
3. I/O Board
00019704
(Processor 4 failed BIST)
1. Processor 4
2. Processor Board
3. I/O Board
00180000
(No more hardware interrupt
available for PCI adapter)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Failing Adapter
3. I/O Function Card
00180100
(No room for PCI option
ROM)
Note
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Failing Adapter
3. I/O Function Card
Adapters have too
many ROMs. Reduce
number of PCI
adapters or disable
their ROMs.
00180200
(No more I/O space
available for PCI adapter)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Failing Adapter
3. I/O Function Card
00180300
(No more memory (above
1MB for PCI adapter)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Failing Adapter
00180400
(No more memory (below
1MB for PCI adapter)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Move the failing
adapter to slot 11 or
12
3. Failing Adapter
00180500
(PCI option ROM checksum
error)
1. Remove Failing PCI
Card
2. I/O Board
200
Netfinity Server HMM
Error Code/Symptom
FRU/Action
00180600
(PCI to PCI Bridge error)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
2. Move the failing
adapter to slot 1 or 2
3. Failing Adapter
4. I/O Function Card
00180700
(PCI device not responding)
1. System Management
Card Cable
2. System Management
Card
3. I/O Function Card
4. I/O Board
00180800
(Unsupported PCI device
error)
1. Remove Failing PCI
Card
2. I/O Board
01295085
(ECC checking hardware
test error)
1. Processor Board
2. BSP Processor
3. Run memory
diagnostics
I9990301
(Fixed boot sector error, no
operating system installed)
1. Run
Configuration/Setup
for correct startup
2. Verify operating
system installed
I9990305
(Fixed boot sector error, no
operating system installed)
1. Install operating
system to hard disk
drive.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
201
Processor Board LEDs
The processor board LED are located on the processor
board, see “Processor Board Component Locations” on
page 165.
ERR1/ERR0
FRU/Action
Off/Off
(No error)
N/A
Off/On
1. Processor Board
2. I/O Board
On/Off
(ECC error)
1. DIMM
2. Memory Board
3. Processor Board
On/On
(Host BUS error)
1. Processor Board
2. Processor
202
Netfinity Server HMM
SCSI LEDs
Check the status LED. If on, do the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check the internal SCSI cable.
Replace the failing hard disk drive.
Replace the SCSI backplane.
Replace the hard disk drive controller (PCI adapter or
I/O Function card .
SCSI Error Codes
Error Code
FRU/Action
All SCSI Errors
One or more of the following
might be causing the
problem:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
A failing SCSI device
(adapter, hard drive,
controller)
An improper SCSI
configuration or SCSI
termination jumper
setting
Duplicate SCSI IDs in
the same SCSI chain
A missing or improperly
installed SCSI
terminator
A defective SCSI
terminator
An improperly installed
cable
A defective cable
1. External SCSI
devices must be
powered-on before
you power-on the
server.
2. The cables for all
external SCSI devices
are connected
correctly.
3. If you have attached
an external SCSI
device to the server,
make sure the external
SCSI termination is set
to automatic.
4. The last device in each
SCSI chain is
terminated correctly.
5. The SCSI devices are
configured correctly.
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
203
SMBUS Error (3-3-2)
Note
The minimum system configuration required to force
power-on the system using I/O board jumper J7 is:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
One bank of memory on one memory card with
terminator
One processor with two VRMs and terminator
card
One power supply
If the system displays a 3-3-2 error and powering off,
waiting for 20 seconds; then, powering on the system does
not correct the problem, do the following:
1. Connect remotely to the system and check the
system error log.
2. Remove the system management card.
3. Disconnect the front panel cable form the I/O function
card.
4. Disconnect the SCSI power cable.
5. Remove/disable all adapters.
6. Use jumper J7 on the I/O board to power-on the
server.
7. If the server starts, attach/install the components one
at a time in the following order, until you isolate the
failing FRU.
a. Front Panel to I/O Card Cable
b. System Management Card
c. SCSI Power Cable
d. Adapter cards, one at a time.
8. If the server does not start with the minimum required
configuration, replace the following FRUs in the order
listed.
a. Power Control Card
b. Processor Board
c. I/O Board
d. Power Backplane
e. I/O Function Card
204
Netfinity Server HMM
Undetermined Problems
You are here because the diagnostic tests did not identify
the failure, the Devices List is incorrect, or the system is
inoperative.
Notes
1. If you suspect a software mismatch is causing
failures (solid or intermittent), be sure to see
“Resolving Configuration Conflicts” on page 36.
2. A corrupt CMOS can cause undetermined
problems.
Check the LEDs on all the power supplies, see “Power
Supply LED Errors.” on page 194. If the LEDs indicate
the power supplies are working correctly, do the following:
1. If a component has been added, reseat the added
component and components around it, and retest.
2. If the system has been moved recently, reseat all the
components and retest.
3. Check the LEDs on the processor board, see
“Processor Board Component Locations” on
page 165.
a. Check the 2.5V LED; if not on, replace processor
board.
b. Check the VRM error LEDs. There are two
VRMs per processor. For the VRM LED to be
off, a good processor and two good VRMs (A
and B) must be installed. If a LED is on:
1) Replace VRM A and VRM B.
2) Replace the processor.
c. Check Termination LED. If not on:
1) Ensure a processor card is in slot 1 and a
processor or terminator is in slot 4.
2) Reseat Processor/terminator in slot 4.
3) Replace Processor/terminator in slot 4.
d. Check Power Good LED (Verify jumper J5 is on
pins 1 & 2, default positions). If not on:
1) Replace Processor Board.
2) Replace I/O Board.
e. Check ERR0 and ERR1 LEDs.
1) If ERR0 on and ERR1 off, F16 bus error:
a) Replace I/O Board.
b) Replace Processor Board.
2) If ERR0 off and ERR1 on, memory bus
error, strip to single bank, and retest. If still
on:
a) Replace single bank of DIMMs.
b) Replace Memory Board.
c) Replace Processor Board.
3) If ERR0 on and ERR1 on, processor bus
error, strip to single processor in slot 1 and
processor/terminator to slot 4. If still on:
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
205
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
206
a) Replace terminator.
b) Replace processor.
c) Replace processor board.
Check the I/O board LEDs, see “I/O Board
Component Locations” on page 142.
a. Check I/O Board Power Supply Power Good
LED. If not on, replace power control card.
b. Check Reset LEDs. If on:
1) Replace I/O Function Card.
2) Replace I/O Backplane
c. Check PCI slot power LEDs. If adapter is
present but power LED is not on:
1) Ensure hot plug switch is closed.
2) Replace adapter.
3) Replace PCI sensor card.
4) Replace I/I board.
d. Check PCI bus SERR/PERR LEDs. If on, (error
on PCI A, B, or C bus), replace or remove
adapters in the appropriate PCI slots.
e. Check Secondary PCI SERR/PERR LEDs. If on,
(error on secondary bus):
1) Replace I/O Function card.
2) Replace system management card.
f. Check NMI LED. If on:
1) Replace I/O Board.
2) Replace processor.
3) Replace processor board.
Check Memory Card error LEDs. If any error LED is
on:
a. Replace the DIMM for that LED.
b. Replace the memory card for that LED.
Power-off the computer.
Be sure the system is cabled correctly.
Remove or disconnect the following (one at a time)
until you find the failure (power-on the computer and
reconfigure each time).
Ÿ Any external devices
Ÿ Surge suppressor device (on the computer)
Ÿ Modem, printer, mouse, or non-IBM devices
Ÿ Each adapter
Ÿ Drives
Ÿ Memory-Module Kits (Minimum requirement = 1
bank of 32 MB DIMMs)
Netfinity Server HMM
Note
Minimum operating requirements are:
I/O Board
I/O Function Card
Power AC Inlet Box
Power Backplane
Power Control Card
Power Supply
Processor Board
Processor and 2 VRMs
Processor Terminator Card
Memory Card
Memory-Module Kits (Minimum requirement
= 1 bank of 32 MB DIMMs)
Memory Terminator Card
Video Monitor (Display)
9. Put a jumper on I/O board jumper J7; then, power-on
the computer. If the problem remains, suspect the
following FRUs in the order listed:
Ÿ Power Supply
Ÿ Power Control Card
Ÿ Power Backplane
Ÿ I/O Board
Ÿ Processor Board
Note
If the problem goes away when you remove an
adapter from the system, and replacing that adapter
does not correct the problem, suspect the I/O board
then the processor board(s)
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
207
System Management Codes
The following page contains the system management
codes. These codes are displayed on the front panel.
Notes
1. See “System Error Log” on page 34 for
instruction for viewing the error log. Check for
additional information on all system
managements codes.
2. To reset the system management card, shutdown
the system and remove the power for 10
seconds.
208
Netfinity Server HMM
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
209
1. See the system error log and follow the instruction for the error in the log.
1. See the system error log and follow the instruction for the error in the log.
1. Try to reboot the system.
2. See system error log for other possible errors.
1. Restart the server.
1. Clean out the error log.
09
(Application warning)
10
(Boot failed)
18
(Operating system failed)
20
(Log full)
1. See the system error log and follow the instruction for the error in the log.
01
(POST warning)
08
(Application failed)
1. See the system error log and follow the instruction for the error in the log.
FRU/Action
00
(POST failed)
Code/Description
Table 15 (Page 1 of 4). System Management Codes
210
Netfinity Server HMM
1. See system error log to determine if there are any power supply or VRM errors.
2. Power Control Card
3. Processor Board
1. See system error log to determine if there are any power supply or VRM errors.
2. Power Control Card
3. Processor Board
1. Power Supply X
2. Power Control Card
1. See system error log to determine if there are any power supply or VRM errors.
2. Power Control Card
85
(Over voltage)
86
(Low voltage)
90
(Power X)
98
(Power system)
Ensure that all four fans are working.
Ensure the air intakes are clear.
Ensure the room temperature is not to hot (See User's Handbook).
Replace the following FRU for the temperature failure indicated in the error log:
Ÿ Ambient temperature, Front Panel
Ÿ Hard disk drive temperature, SCSI Backplane
Ÿ Processor temperature, Processor
1.
2.
3.
4.
FRU/Action
80
(Over temperature)
Code/Description
Table 15 (Page 2 of 4). System Management Codes
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
211
1.
2.
3.
4.
1. Check the cable connection to the front panel.
2. Front Panel
B0
(Intrusion)
B8
(Display)
Ensure the covers are attached correctly.
Verify that there has been an intrusion into the system.
Intrusion Cable
Front Panel
1. Fan X
2. Fan Cable
3. Power Control Card
FRU/Action
A0
(Fan X, see“Error
Symptoms” on page 192 )
Code/Description
Table 15 (Page 3 of 4). System Management Codes
212
Netfinity Server HMM
1. See the system error log and follow the instruction for the error in the log.
2. Replace the FRU for the following problems listed.
Ÿ PCI related error:
a. Adapter
b. I/O Board
Ÿ Processor related error:
a. Processor
b. Processor Board
Ÿ Memory related error:
a. DIMM
b. Memory Board
c. Processor Board
1. See system error log to determine which DIMM failed on which card.
C1
(Memory)
FRU/Action
C0
(SMI error)
Code/Description
Table 15 (Page 4 of 4). System Management Codes
18
16 17
6
33
.. .
26
5
35
34
32
36
37
38
31
30
29
28
27
1
2
3
7
4
8
9
10
.. .
25 24
11
23
12
13
14 15
19
22
20
21
Parts Listing (Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type
8680)
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
213
System
Index
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
16
214
System (Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type
8680)
Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU,
6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y,
21Y
FRU
No.
Top Cover with Captive Screw (Models
1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY,
8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
I/O Function Card (Models 1RU, 2RU,
3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY,
2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Adapter Dividers
Included in Hot Plug Kit 28L4526
Shuttle Assembly (Models 1RU, 2RU,
3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY,
2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Fan 92mm Hot Plug with Bracket
(Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU,
6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y,
21Y)
VDF Control Card (Models 1RU, 2RU,
3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY,
2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Light Box LED Holder (Models 1RU,
2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY,
1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Status Cover Lens (Models 1RU, 2RU,
3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY,
2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Status Cover Lens Overlay (LED Icons
Transparency) (Models 1RU, 2RU,
3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY,
2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
SCSI Backplane Safety Card (Models
1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY,
8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
SCSI Backplane (Models 1RU, 2RU,
3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY,
2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
DASD 4-Drive Cage Assembly (Models
1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY,
8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Hard Drive Bezel Filler (Models 1RU,
2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY,
1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Hard Disk Drive, option (Models 1RU,
2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY,
1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Memory Terminator Card (Models 1RU,
2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY,
1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Memory DIMM Card (Models 1RU,
2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY,
1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
400MHz Processor with 512 KB (Model
1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU)
400MHz Processor with 1 MB (Model
1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU)
12J3063
Netfinity Server HMM
93H9914
N/A
10L6934
03K9092
93H9926
03K9087
28L4529
28L4550
07L4753
94H0714
03K9098
12J3072
N/A
94H0604
93H9902
03K9099
03K9100
Index
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
System (Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type
8680)
Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU,
6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y,
21Y
450MHz Processor with 512 KB (Model
1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU)
450MHz Processor with 1 MB (Model
1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU)
450MHz Processor with 2 MB (Model
1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU)
500MHz Processor with 512 KB (Model
1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY,
8RY)
500MHz Processor with 1 MB (Model
1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY,
8RY)
500MHz Processor with 2 MB (Model
1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY,
8RY)
550MHz Processor with 512 KB (Model
1SY, 11Y)
550MHz Processor with 1 MB (Model
2SY, 21Y)
550MHz Processor with 2 MB (Model
3SY)
Processor Terminator Card (Models
1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY,
8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Processor Retention Bracket (Models
1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY,
8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Fan/Processor Access Plate (Models
1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY,
8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Front Bezel Top (Models 1RU, 2RU,
3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY,
2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Front Bezel Bottom (Models 1RU, 2RU,
3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY,
2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Fan 127mm Hot Plug with Bracket
(Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU,
6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y,
21Y)
VRM Retention Bracket (Models 1RU,
2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY,
1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
VRM Card (Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU,
4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY,
3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Processor Backplane with Brackets
(Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU.
6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y,
21Y)
Memory Card Guide Bracket (Models
1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY,
8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
32X CD-ROM Drive, primary source
(Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU,
6RY, 7RY, 8RY)
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
FRU
No.
28L4557
28L4558
03K9101
28L4441
28L4442
28L4443
33L3845
33L3732
33L3731
94H0598
10L6916
03K9090
03K9095
03K9094
03K9091
03K9082
01K7371
03K8883
03K9093
02K1119
215
Index
27
27
27
28
29
30
31
32
34
35
36
37
System (Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type
8680)
Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU,
6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y,
21Y
32X CD-ROM Drive, secondary source
(Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU,
6RY, 7RY, 8RY)
40X CD-ROM Drive, primary source
(Models 1SY, 2SY, 3SY)
40X CD-ROM Drive, secondary source
(Models 1SY, 2SY, 3SY)
1.44 MB Diskette Drive (Models 1RU,
2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY,
1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
VFD Display Panel (Models 1RU, 2RU,
3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY,
2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Base Frame Assembly (Models 1RU,
2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY,
1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Lift Handle (Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU,
4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY,
3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
400W Power Supply Assembly with
Handle (Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU,
5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY,
11Y, 21Y)
Power Supply Filler Plate (Models 1RU,
2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY,
1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Power Backplane Box Assembly
(Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU,
6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y,
21Y)
Shuttle Eject Plate Assembly (Models
1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY,
8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
System Management Card (Adapter)
(Models 6RY, 7RY, 8RY)
Note
FRU
No.
02K3414
36L8757
36L8791
76H4091
12J4633
03K9089
03K9069
28L0469
28L0470
03K9096
10L6922
93H9944
Update to latest microcode.
37
System Management Card (Adapter)
(Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU,
1SY, 2SY, 3SY)
Note
07L5496
Update to latest microcode.
38
38
38
216
I/O Backplane (Models 1RU, 2RU,
3RU, 4RU, 5RU)
I/O Backplane (Models 1RU, 2RU,
3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY,
2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
I/O Backplane (Models 1SY, 2SY, 3SY)
32 MB DIMM (Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU,
4RU, 5RU)
64 MB DIMM (Models 6RY, 7RY, 8RY,
1SY, 2SY, 3SY)
Netfinity Server HMM
93H9908
19L0140
07L5500
28L0479
01K7367
Index
System (Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type
8680)
Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU,
6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y,
21Y
128 MB DIMM, optional (Models 1RU,
2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY,
1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
128 MB Advance DIMM (Models 11Y,
21Y)
256 MB ECC 3.3V BUF DIMM,
optional (Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU,
5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY,
11Y, 21Y)
128 MB Advance DIMM (Option only)
(Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU,
6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY)
AC Power Assembly (Models 1RU,
2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY,
1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Battery (Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU,
5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY,
11Y, 21Y)
See“Battery” on page 89 .
Cable Management Arm (Models 1RU,
2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY,
1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Cable Management Arm Bracket
(Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU,
6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y,
21Y)
Bracket Display/Control Card (Models
1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY,
8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Chassis Flange Left (Models 1RU,
2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY,
1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Chassis Flange Right (Models 1RU,
2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY,
1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Diskette Tray Bracket (Models 1RU,
2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY,
1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Fan Power to Power Backplane Cable
(Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU,
6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y,
21Y)
Front Display Panel Card (Models 1RU,
2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY,
1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Front Panel to I/O Function Card Cable
20-Pin (Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU,
5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY,
11Y, 21Y)
Hard Disk Drive to I/O Card Cable
(Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU,
6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y,
21Y)
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
FRU
No.
01K7368
28L4549
01K7369
28L4549
10L6946
33F8354
12J3088
12J3089
03K9086
12J7039
12J7038
12J3065
03K9176
93H9938
03K9346
03K9191
217
Index
218
System (Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type
8680)
Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU,
6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y,
21Y
Hot Plug Kit (Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU,
4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY,
3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Ÿ Switch Card TTG to Chassis (1 each)
Ÿ Retention Handles (4 each)
Ÿ Filler Plate Bracket (4 each)
Ÿ ISA I/O Card Guide (1 each)
Ÿ PCI I/O Guide (6 each)
Ÿ PCI Card Guide Insulator (5 each)
Ÿ PCI Card Clamps (4 each)
Ÿ Insulator with Light Pipes (5 each)
Ÿ PCI Card to Shuttle Screw (2 each)
Ÿ M3x5 Handle Screws (5 each)
Front Panel Switch 4-Switches Cable
(Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU,
6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y,
21Y)
I/0 Board to CD-ROM Cable (Models
1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY,
8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
I/O Shield (Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU,
4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY,
3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Line Cord Strain Relief Assembly
(Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU,
6RY, 7RY, 8RY)
Miscellaneous Label Kit (Models 1RU,
2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY,
1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Ÿ System Service Label (1 each)
Ÿ Processor Service Label (1 each)
Miscellaneous Parts Kit (Models 1RU,
2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY,
1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Ÿ 32X5/16 Screws (5 each)
Ÿ M3.5X8 Plastite Screws (3 each)
Ÿ M3X5 CD/Bracket Screws (9 each)
Ÿ M3.5X7 Processor Card Screws (15
each)
Ÿ 6-32X3/16 Screws (9 each)
Ÿ 3.9ID Nylon Washers (3 each)
Ÿ Lock Hole Plug (1 each)
Ÿ Cable Tie (3 each)
Ÿ Fan Grommets (5 each)
Netfinity Server HMM
FRU
No.
28L4526
03K9345
03K9192
03K9079
01K6934
37L0196
12J3079
Index
System (Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type
8680)
Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU,
6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y,
21Y
Miscellaneous Rack Kit (Models 1RU,
2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY,
1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Ÿ M6X16 Slide/Bracket without Rack
(17 each)
Ÿ M3.5X7 EIA Flanges to Chassis
Screws (7 each)
Ÿ M4X8 Slides to Chassis Screws (9
each)
Ÿ M6 Slide/Bracket to Rack Nut Clips
(7 each)
Ÿ M6 Flange Arm to Bracket Nuts (3
each)
Miscellaneous Shuttle Kit (Models 1RU,
2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY,
1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Ÿ PCI EMC Shield (1 each)
Ÿ I/O Board Insulator (1 each)
Ÿ Cable Clamps (2 each)
Ÿ Wide EMC Clips (13 each)
Ÿ EMC Clip (5 each)
Ÿ Cable Clamp (1 each)
Ÿ Fan Duct Seal (2 each)
Nut Bar (Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU,
5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY,
11Y, 21Y)
PCI Sensor Card (Hot-Swap Switch
Card) (Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU,
5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY,
11Y, 21Y)
Plate Processor Backer (Models 1RU,
2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY,
1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Processor Access Panel Retention
Bracket (Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU,
5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY,
11Y, 21Y)
Processor Mounting Kit (Models 1RU,
2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY,
1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Ÿ Processor Guides (8 each)
Ÿ Support Processor Bracket (2 each)
Ÿ M3.5x7 Chassis Screws (9 each)
Ÿ M3.5x10 Phillips Head Screws (16
each)
Ÿ Cam Lever (8 each)
Ÿ VRM Bracket (8 each)
Processor Terminator Card Guide
(Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU,
6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y,
21Y)
Power Backplane to Fan, Fixed Disk,
and CD-ROM Cable (Models 1RU,
2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY,
1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
FRU
No.
12J3090
10L6948
01K6662
94H0859
03K9085
10L6943
03K9083
10L6936
03K9190
219
Index
220
System (Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type
8680)
Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU,
6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y,
21Y
Power Backplane to Processor Cable
(Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU,
6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y,
21Y)
Power Control Card and Bracket
(Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU,
6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y,
21Y)
Power SCSI Backplane to Power
Backplane Cable (Models 1RU, 2RU,
3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY,
2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Power Supply Handle (Models 1RU,
2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY,
1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Rack Slides (Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU,
4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY,
3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
SCSI Backplane to I/O Card Cable
(Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU,
6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y,
21Y)
SCSI to Rear Panel Cable (Models
1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY,
8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Serial Cable (Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU,
4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY,
3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
System Management Adapter to I/O
Card Cable (Models 1RU, 2RU, 3RU,
4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY, 8RY, 1SY, 2SY,
3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Tape Backup Holder Bracket (Models
1RU, 2RU, 3RU, 4RU, 5RU, 6RY, 7RY,
8RY, 1SY, 2SY, 3SY, 11Y, 21Y)
Netfinity Server HMM
FRU
No.
03K9183
03K9097
03K9194
28L0473
12J3086
03K9189
03K9342
03K9318
03K9193
12J5681
Rack to Tower Conversion Options
Option
FRU No.
Side Covers
Side Cover Brackets
Lock Linkage
Lock and Pawl
Lens/Door Bezel
Door Assembly
Fixed Caster
Swivel Caster
C2 Switch Cable Assembly
12J3281
28L4567
01K6636
01K6641
03K9080
03K9081
12J3279
12J3283
03K9344
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
221
Keyboards (101/102 Key)
Keyboards (101/102 Key)
FRU No.
Arabic
1391490
Belgium-Dutch
1391414
Belgium-French
1391526
Bulgarian
1399583
Czechoslovakian
1399570
Danish
1391407
Dutch
1391511
Finnish
1391411
French
1391402
German
1391403
Greek
1399046
Hebrew
1391408
Hungarian
1399581
Iceland
1391495
Italy
1393395
Latvia
1391406
Norwegian
1391409
Polish
1399580
Portuguese
1391410
Romanian
1399582
Russian-Cyrillic
1399579
Serbian-Cyrillic
1399578
Slovak
1399571
Slovenia/Croatia/Bosnia
1393669
South Africa
1396790
Spanish
1391405
Swedish
1391411
Swiss-French
1391412
Swiss-German
1391412
Turkish 179
75H9538
Turkish 440
75H9539
U.K. English
1391406
U.S. English
76H0896
U.S. English (E/ME/A use only)
1396790
222
Netfinity Server HMM
Power Cords
Power Cords
FRU No.
China (PRC)
01K9851
Japan
01K9853
Thailand
12J5120
Israel
12J5122
Bangladesh, Burma, India, Pakistan, South Africa,
SriLanka
12J5124
Chile, Ethiopia, Italy, Libya, Somalia
12J5126
Argentina, Australia, New Zealand, Papua New
Guinea, Paraguay, Uruguay, Western Samoa
12J5128
Antigua, Bahrain, Brunei, Channel Islands, Cyprus,
Dubai, Fiji, Ghana, Hong Kong, Iraq, Ireland,
Kenya, Kuwait, Malawi, Malaysia, Malta, Nepal,
Nigeria, Polynesia, Qatar, Sierra Leone, Singapore,
Tanzania, Uganda, United Kingdom, Yemen,
Zambia
12J5987
Afghanistan, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Austria,
Belgium, Benin, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi,
Cameroon, Central African Rep., Chad, Czech
Republic, Egypt, Finland, France, French Guiana,
Germany, Greece, Guinea, Hungary, Iceland,
Indonesia, Iran, Ivory Coast, Jordan, Lebanon,
Luxembourg, Macau, Malagasy, Mali, Martinique,
Mauritania, Mauritius, Monaco, Morocco,
Mozambique, Netherlands, New Caledonia, Niger,
Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Senegal,
Slovakia, Spain, Sudan, Sweden, Syria, Togo,
Tunisia, Turkey, former USSR, Vietnam, former
Yugoslavia, Zaire, Zimbabwe
55H6643
Denmark, Switzerland, Liechtenstein
55H6646
Bahamas, Barbados, Bermuda, Bolivia, Brazil,
Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica,
Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador,
Guatemala, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica,
Korea (South), Liberia, Mexico, Netherlands
Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines,
Saudi Arabia, Suriname, Taiwan, Trinidad (West
Indies), Venezuela
76H4865
United States of America
6952301
Netfinity 7000-M10 - Type 8680
223
224
Netfinity Server HMM
Related Service Information
Important
The service procedures are designed to help you
isolate problems. They are written with the
assumption that you have model-specific training on
all computers, or that are familiar with the computers,
functions, terminology, and service information
provided in this manual.
Safety Information
. . . . . . . . . . . .
General Safety
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical Safety . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Inspection Guide
. . . . . . . .
Handling Electrostatic Discharge-Sensitive
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grounding Requirements . . . . . . . .
Laser compliance statement . . . . . . . .
Send Us Your Comments! . . . . . . . . .
Problem Determination Tips . . . . . . . .
Phone Numbers, U.S. and Canada . . . . .
Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trademarks
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
 Copyright IBM Corp. 1998
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
226
226
227
228
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
230
230
231
265
266
267
269
269
225
Safety Information
The following section contains the safety information that
you need to be familiar with before servicing an IBM
mobile computer.
General Safety
Follow these rules to ensure general safety:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
226
Observe good housekeeping in the area of the
machines during and after maintenance.
When lifting any heavy object:
1. Ensure you can stand safely without slipping.
2. Distribute the weight of the object equally
between your feet.
3. Use a slow lifting force. Never move suddenly
or twist when you attempt to lift.
4. Lift by standing or by pushing up with your leg
muscles; this action removes the strain from the
muscles in your back. Do not attempt to lift any
objects that weigh more than 16 kg (35 lb) or
objects that you think are too heavy for you.
Do not perform any action that causes hazards to the
customer, or that makes the equipment unsafe.
Before you start the machine, ensure that other
service representatives and the customer's personnel
are not in a hazardous position.
Place removed covers and other parts in a safe
place, away from all personnel, while you are
servicing the machine.
Keep your tool case away from walk areas so that
other people will not trip over it.
Do not wear loose clothing that can be trapped in the
moving parts of a machine. Ensure that your sleeves
are fastened or rolled up above your elbows. If your
hair is long, fasten it.
Insert the ends of your necktie or scarf inside clothing
or fasten it with a nonconductive clip, approximately 8
centimeters (3 inches) from the end.
Do not wear jewelry, chains, metal-frame eyeglasses,
or metal fasteners for your clothing.
Remember: Metal objects are good electrical
conductors.
Wear safety glasses when you are: hammering,
drilling soldering, cutting wire, attaching springs, using
solvents, or working in any other conditions that might
be hazardous to your eyes.
After service, reinstall all safety shields, guards,
labels, and ground wires. Replace any safety device
that is worn or defective.
Reinstall all covers correctly before returning the
machine to the customer.
Netfinity Server HMM
Electrical Safety
Caution
Electrical current from power, telephone, and
communication cables can be hazardous. To avoid
personal injury or equipment damage, disconnect the
attached power cords, telecommunication systems,
networks, and modems before you open the server
covers, unless instructed otherwise in the installation
and configuration procedures.
Observe the following rules when working on electrical
equipment.
Important
Use only approved tools and test equipment. Some
hand tools have handles covered with a soft material
that does not insulate you when working with live
electrical currents.
Many customers have, near their equipment, rubber
floor mats that contain small conductive fibers to
decrease electrostatic discharges. Do not use this
type of mat to protect yourself from electrical shock.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Find the room emergency power-off (EPO) switch,
disconnecting switch, or electrical outlet. If an
electrical accident occurs, you can then operate the
switch or unplug the power cord quickly.
Do not work alone under hazardous conditions or
near equipment that has hazardous voltages.
Disconnect all power before:
– Performing a mechanical inspection
– Working near power supplies
– Removing or installing main units
Before you start to work on the machine, unplug the
power cord. If you cannot unplug it, ask the customer
to power-off the wall box that supplies power to the
machine and to lock the wall box in the off position.
If you need to work on a machine that has exposed
electrical circuits, observe the following precautions:
– Ensure that another person, familiar with the
power-off controls, is near you.
–
Remember: Another person must be there to
switch off the power, if necessary.
Use only one hand when working with
powered-on electrical equipment; keep the other
hand in your pocket or behind your back.
Related Service Information
227
–
–
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Remember: There must be a complete circuit to
cause electrical shock. By observing the above
rule, you may prevent a current from passing
through your body.
When using testers, set the controls correctly
and use the approved probe leads and
accessories for that tester.
Stand on suitable rubber mats (obtained locally,
if necessary) to insulate you from grounds such
as metal floor strips and machine frames.
Observe the special safety precautions when you
work with very high voltages; these instructions are in
the safety sections of maintenance information. Use
extreme care when measuring high voltages.
Regularly inspect and maintain your electrical hand
tools for safe operational condition.
Do not use worn or broken tools and testers.
Never assume that power has been disconnected
from a circuit. First, check that it has been
powered-off.
Always look carefully for possible hazards in your
work area. Examples of these hazards are moist
floors, nongrounded power extension cables, power
surges, and missing safety grounds.
Do not touch live electrical circuits with the reflective
surface of a plastic dental mirror. The surface is
conductive; such touching can cause personal injury
and machine damage.
Do not service the following parts with the power on
when they are removed from their normal operating
places in a machine:
– Power supply units
– Pumps
– Blowers and fans
– Motor generators
and similar units. (This practice ensures correct
grounding of the units.)
If an electrical accident occurs:
– Use caution; do not become a victim
yourself.
– Switch off power.
– Send another person to get medical aid.
Safety Inspection Guide
The intent of this inspection guide is to assist you in
identifying potentially unsafe conditions on these products.
Each machine, as it was designed and built, had required
safety items installed to protect users and service
personnel from injury. This guide addresses only those
items. However, good judgment should be used to identify
potential safety hazards due to attachment of non-IBM
features or options not covered by this inspection guide.
228
Netfinity Server HMM
If any unsafe conditions are present, you must determine
how serious the apparent hazard could be and whether
you can continue without first correcting the problem.
Consider these conditions and the safety hazards they
present:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Electrical hazards, especially primary power (primary
voltage on the frame can cause serious or fatal
electrical shock).
Explosive hazards, such as a damaged CRT face or
bulging capacitor
Mechanical hazards, such as loose or missing
hardware
The guide consists of a series of steps presented in a
checklist. Begin the checks with the power off, and the
power cord disconnected.
Checklist:
1. Check exterior covers for damage (loose, broken, or
sharp edges).
2. Power-off the computer. Disconnect the power cord.
3. Check the power cord for:
a. A third-wire ground connector in good condition.
Use a meter to measure third-wire ground
continuity for 0.1 ohm or less between the
external ground pin and frame ground.
b. The power cord should be the appropriate type
as specified in the parts listings.
c. Insulation must not be frayed or worn.
4. Remove the cover.
5. Check for any obvious non-IBM alterations. Use
good judgment as to the safety of any non-IBM
alterations.
6. Check inside the unit for any obvious unsafe
conditions, such as metal filings, contamination, water
or other liquids, or signs of fire or smoke damage.
7. Check for worn, frayed, or pinched cables.
8. Check that the power-supply cover fasteners (screws
or rivets) have not been removed or tampered with.
Related Service Information
229
Handling Electrostatic
Discharge-Sensitive Devices
Any computer part containing transistors or integrated
circuits (ICs) should be considered sensitive to electrostatic
discharge (ESD). ESD damage can occur when there is a
difference in charge between objects. Protect against ESD
damage by equalizing the charge so that the machine, the
part, the work mat, and the person handling the part are all
at the same charge.
Notes:
1. Use product-specific ESD procedures when they
exceed the requirements noted here.
2. Make sure that the ESD protective devices you use
have been certified (ISO 9000) as fully effective.
When handling ESD-sensitive parts:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Keep the parts in protective packages until they are
inserted into the product.
Avoid contact with other people.
Wear a grounded wrist strap against your skin to
eliminate static on your body.
Prevent the part from touching your clothing. Most
clothing is insulative and retains a charge even when
you are wearing a wrist strap.
Use the black side of a grounded work mat to provide
a static-free work surface. The mat is especially
useful when handling ESD-sensitive devices.
Select a grounding system, such as those listed
below, to provide protection that meets the specific
service requirement.
Note: The use of a grounding system is desirable
but not required to protect against ESD
damage.
–
–
–
Attach the ESD ground clip to any frame ground,
ground braid, or green-wire ground.
Use an ESD common ground or reference point
when working on a double-insulated or
battery-operated system. You can use coax or
connector-outside shells on these systems.
Use the round ground-prong of the AC plug on
AC-operated computers.
Grounding Requirements
Electrical grounding of the computer is required for
operator safety and correct system function. Proper
grounding of the electrical outlet can be verified by a
certified electrician.
230
Netfinity Server HMM
Laser compliance statement
Some IBM Personal Computer models are equipped from
the factory with a CD-ROM drive. CD-ROM drives are
also sold separately as options. The CD-ROM drive is a
laser product. The CD-ROM drive is certified in the U.S. to
conform to the requirements of the Department of Health
and Human Services 21 Code of Federal Regulations
(DHHS 21 CFR) Subchapter J for Class 1 laser products.
Elsewhere, the drive is certified to conform to the
requirements of the International Electrotechnical
Commission (IEC) 825 and CENELEC EN 60 825 for
Class 1 laser products.
When a CD-ROM drive is installed, note the following.
CAUTION:
Use of controls or adjustments or performance of
procedures other than those specified herein might
result in hazardous radiation exposure.
O uso de controles, ajustes ou desempenho de
procedimentos diferentes daqueles aqui especificados
pode resultar em perigosa exposição à radiação.
Pour éviter tout risque d'exposition au rayon laser,
respectez les consignes de réglage et d'utilisation des
commandes, ainsi que les procédures décrites.
Werden Steuer- und Einstellelemente anders als hier
festgesetzt verwendet, kann gefährliche
Laserstrahlung auftreten.
L'utilizzo di controlli, regolazioni o l'esecuzione di
procedure diverse da quelle specificate possono
provocare l'esposizione a
Related Service Information
231
El uso de controles o ajustes o la ejecución de
procedimientos distintos de los aquí especificados
puede provocar la exposición a radiaciones
peligrosas.
Opening the CD-ROM drive could result in exposure to
hazardous laser radiation. There are no serviceable parts
inside the CD-ROM drive. Do not open.
Some CD-ROM drives contain an embedded Class 3A or
Class 3B laser diode. Note the following.
DANGER:
Laser radiation when open. Do not stare into the
beam, do not view directly with optical instruments,
and avoid direct exposure to the beam.
Radiação por raio laser ao abrir. Não olhe fixo no feixe
de luz, não olhe diretamente por meio de instrumentos
óticos e evite exposição direta com o feixe de luz.
Rayonnement laser si carter ouvert. Évitez de fixer le
faisceau, de le regarder directement avec des
instruments optiques, ou de vous exposer au rayon.
Laserstrahlung bei geöffnetem Gerät. Nicht direkt oder
über optische Instrumente in den Laserstrahl sehen
und den Strahlungsbereich meiden.
Kinyitáskor lézersugár ! Ne nézzen bele se szabad
szemmel, se optikai eszközökkel. Kerülje a
sugárnyalábbal való érintkezést !
Aprendo l'unità vengono emesse radiazioni laser. Non
fissare il fascio, non guardarlo direttamente con
strumenti ottici e evitare l'esposizione diretta al fascio.
Radiación láser al abrir. No mire fijamente ni examine
con instrumental óptico el haz de luz. Evite la
exposición directa al haz.
232
Netfinity Server HMM
DANGER
To avoid a shock hazard, do not connect or
disconnect any cables or perform installation,
maintenance, or reconfiguration of this
product during an electrical storm.
To avoid shock hazard:
Ÿ
The power cord must be connected to a
properly wired and grounded receptacle.
Ÿ
Any equipment to which this product will
be attached must also be connected to
properly wired receptacles.
When possible, use one hand to connect or
disconnect signal cables to prevent a
possible shock from touching two surfaces
with different electrical potentials.
Electrical current from power, telephone, and
communications cables is hazardous. To
avoid shock hazard, connect and disconnect
cables as described following when
installing, moving, or opening covers of this
product or attached devices.
To Connect
To Disconnect
1. Turn Everything OFF.
1. Turn Everything OFF.
2. First, attach all cables to
devices.
2. First, remove power cord(s)
from outlet.
3. Attach signal cables to
receptacles.
3. Remove signal cables from
receptacles.
4. Attach power cord(s) to
outlet.
4. Remove all cables from
devices.
5. Turn device ON.
NOTE: In the UK, by law, the
telephone cable must be
connected after the power cord.
NOTE: In the UK, the power
cord must be disconnected after
the telephone cable.
Related Service Information
233
Caution:
When replacing the battery, use only IBM Part Number
33F8354 or an equivalent type battery recommended
by the manufacturer. If your system has a module
containing a lithium battery, replace it only with the
same module type made by the same manufacturer.
The battery contains lithium and can explode if not
properly used, handled, or disposed of.
Do not:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Throw or immerse into water
Heat to more than 100°C (212°F)
Repair or disassemble
Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances
or regulations.
Caution:
When a CD-ROM drive is installed, note the following.
Use of controls or adjustments or performance of
procedures other than those specified herein might
result in hazardous radiation exposure.
Removing the covers of the CD-ROM drive could result
in exposure to hazardous laser radiation. There are no
serviceable parts inside the CD-ROM drive. Do not
remove the CD-ROM drive covers.
DANGER
Some CD-ROM drives contain an embedded
Class 3A or Class 3B laser diode. Note the
following.
Laser radiation when open. Do not stare into
the beam, do not view directly with optical
instruments, and avoid direct exposure to the
beam.
234
Netfinity Server HMM
k32 kg (70.5
lbs)
k55 kg (121.2
lbs)
Caution:
Use safe lifting practices when lifting your machine.
Caution:
The Power Control button on the front of the server
does not turn off the electrical current supplied to the
server. The server also might have more than one
power cord. To remove all electrical current from the
server, ensure that all power cords are disconnected
from the power source.
Caution:
When the power cord bracket option is installed on the
power cord, the server must be plugged to a power
source that is easily accessible.
Caution:
When unlocked, the server door will not support the
weight of the server. To avoid personal injury, be sure
to remove or lock the server door before moving or
lifting the server.
Related Service Information
235
Caution:
Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part
(power backplane and AC box) that has the following
label attached.
Hazardous voltage, current, and energy levels are
present inside the power supplies, power backplane,
and AC box. There are no serviceable parts inside the
power supplies, power backplane, or AC box. If you
suspect a problem with one of these parts, contact an
IBM service technician.
Caution:
Electrical current from power, telephone, and
communication cables can be hazardous. To avoid
personal injury or equipment damage, disconnect the
attached power cords, telecommunications systems,
networks, and modems before you open the server
covers, unless instructed otherwise in the installation
and configuration procedures.
Caution:
The power cable to the fan should be disconnected
whenever the fan assembly is not installed in the
server; otherwise, the fan might start turning while you
are holding it and the fan blades could injure your
fingers.
>50 kg (110
lbs)
Caution:
Do not place any object weighing more than 50 kg (110
lbs) on top of the rack model of the server.
236
Netfinity Server HMM
PERIGO
Para evitar choques elétricos, não conecte ou
desconecte nenhum cabo, nem efetue
instalação, manutenção ou reconfiguração
deste produto durante uma tempestade com
raios.
Para evitar choques elétricos:
Ÿ
O cabo de alimentação deve ser
conectado a um receptáculo
corretamente instalado e aterrado.
Ÿ
Todos os equipamentos aos quais este
produto será conectado devem também
ser conectados a receptáculos
corretamente instalados.
Quando possível, utilize uma das mãos para
conectar ou desconectar cabos de sinal, para
evitar um possível choque ao tocar duas
superfícies com potenciais elétricos
diferentes.
A corrente elétrica proveniente de cabos de
alimentação, de telefone e de comunicação é
perigosa. Para evitar choques elétricos,
conecte e desconecte os cabos conforme
descrito a seguir, ao instalar, movimentar ou
abrir tampas deste produto ou de
dispositivos conectados.
Para Conectar
Para Desconectar
1. DESLIGUE tudo.
2. Conecte primeiro todos os
cabos nos dispositivos.
3. Conecte os cabos de sinal
nos receptáculos.
4. Conecte o(s) cabo(s) de
alimentação nas tomadas.
5. LIGUE o dispositivo.
1. DESLIGUE tudo.
2. Remova primeiro o(s)
cabo(s) de alimentação das
tomadas.
3. Remova os cabos de sinal
dos receptáculos.
4. Remova todos os cabos
dos dispositivos.
Related Service Information
237
cuidado:
Ao substituir a bateria, utilize apenas o Número de
Peça IBM 33F8354 ou um tipo de bateria equivalente
recomendado pelo fabricante. Se seu sistema possuir
um módulo com uma bateria de lítio, substitua-o
apenas pelo mesmo tipo de módulo, produzido pelo
mesmo fabricante. A bateria contém lítio e pode
explodir se não for utilizada, manuseada e descartada
de forma adequada.
Não:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Jogue ou coloque na água
Aqueça a mais de 100°C (212°F)
Conserte nem desmonte.
Descarte a bateria conforme requerido pelas
disposições e regulamentações locais.
cuidado:
Quando uma unidade de CD-ROM estiver instalada,
observe o seguinte.
A utilização de controles ou ajustes ou a execução de
procedimentos diferentes daqueles especificados
nesta publicação pode resultar em exposição perigosa
à radiação.
A remoção das tampas da unidade de CD-ROM pode
resultar em exposição a radiação perigosa de laser.
Não existem peças que possam ser consertadas no
interior da unidade de CD-ROM. Não remova as
tampas da unidade de CD-ROM.
PERIGO
Algumas unidades de CD-ROM contém um
diodo de laser da Classe 3A ou da Classe 3B.
Observe o seguinte.
Radiação de laser quando aberto. Não olhe
diretamente para o feixe de laser, não olhe
diretamente com instrumentos óticos, e evite
exposição direta ao raio.
238
Netfinity Server HMM
k32 kg (70,5
lbs)
k55 kg (121,2
lbs)
cuidado:
Utilize práticas seguras para levantamento de peso ao
levantar sua máquina.
cuidado:
O botão de Controle de Energia na parte frontal do
servidor não desliga a corrente elétrica fornecida ao
servidor. O servidor pode também possuir mais que
um cabo de alimentação. Para remover tda a corrente
elétrica do servidor, assegure que todos os cabos de
alimentação estejam desconectados da fonte de
energia.
cuidado:
Quando o suporte do cabo de alimentação estiver
instalado no cabo de alimentação, o servidor deve
estar conectado a uma fonte de energia de fácil
acesso.
cuidado:
Quando destravada, a porta do servidor não suporta o
peso do servidor. Para evitar ferimentos pessoais,
certifique-se de remover ou travar a porta do servidor
antes de mover ou levantar o servidor.
Related Service Information
239
cuidado:
Nunca remova a tampa de uma fonte de alimentação
ou qualquer peça (painel traseiro de força ou AC box)
que contenha a seguinte etiqueta.
Níveis perigosos de tensão, corrente e energia estão
presentes no interior das fontes de alimentação, painel
traseiro de força ou AC box. Não existem peças que
possam ser consertadas no interior da fonte de
alimentação, painel traseiro de força ou AC box. Se
suspeitar de problemas em uma dessas peças, entre
em contato com um representante técnico IBM.
cuidado:
A corrente elétrica proveniente de cabos de
alimentação, de telefone e de comunicação é perigosa.
Para evitar ferimentos pessoais ou danos aos
equipamentos, desconecte os cabos de alimentação,
sistemas de telecomunicação, redes e modems antes
de abrir as tampas do servidor, a menos que receba
outras instruções nos procedimentos de instalação e
configuração.
cuidado:
O cabo de energia do ventilador deve permanecer
desconectado sempre que o conjunto do ventilador
não estiver instalado no servidor; caso contrário, o
ventilador pode começar a girar enquanto estiver em
suas mãos, e as lâminas do ventilador podem ferir
seus dedos.
>50 kg (110
lbs)
cuidado:
Não coloque qualquer objeto com peso superior a 50
kg (110 lbs) sobre o modelo de gaveta do servidor.
240
Netfinity Server HMM
Related Service Information
241
242
Netfinity Server HMM
Related Service Information
243
244
Netfinity Server HMM
Related Service Information
245
DANGER
Pour éviter tout risque de choc électrique, ne
manipulez aucun câble et n'effectuez aucune
opération d'installation, d'entretien ou de
reconfiguration de ce produit au cours d'un
orage.
Pour éviter tout risque de choc électrique :
Ÿ
Les cordons d'alimentation du présent
produit et de tous les appareils qui lui
sont connectés doivent être branchés
sur des socles de prise de courant
correctement câblés et mis à la terre.
Afin d'éviter tout risque de choc électrique
provenant d'une différence de potentiel de
terre, n'utilisez qu'une main, lorsque cela est
possible, pour connecter ou déconnecter les
cordons d'interface.
Le courant électrique passant dans les
câbles de communication, ou les cordons
téléphoniques et d'alimentation peut être
dangereux. Pour éviter tout risque de choc
électrique, lorsque vous installez ou que
vous déplacez le présent produit ou des
périphériques qui lui sont raccordés,
reportez-vous aux instructions ci-dessous
pour connecter et déconnecter les différents
cordons.
Connexion
1. Mettez les unités hors
tension.
2. Commencez par brancher
tous les cordons sur les
unités.
3. Branchez les câbles
d'interface sur les prises.
4. Branchez les cordons
d'alimentation sur un socle
de prise de courant.
5. Mettez les unités sous
tension.
246
Netfinity Server HMM
Déconnexion
1. Mettez les unités hors
tension.
2. Commencez pas
débrancher les cordons
alimentation des socles de
prise de courant.
3. Débranchez les câbles
d'interface des prises.
4. Débranchez tous les câbles
des unités.
attention:
Remplacez la pile usagée par une pile de référence
identique exclusivement - voir la référence IBM - ou
par une pile équivalente recommandée par le fabricant.
Si votre système est doté d'un module contenant une
pile au lithium, vous devez le remplacer uniquement
par un module identique, produit par le même
fabricant. La pile contient du lithium et présente donc
un risque d'explosion en cas de mauvaise
manipulation ou utilisation.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ne la jetez pas à l'eau.
Ne l'exposez pas à une température supérieure à
100 °C.
Ne cherchez pas à la réparer ou à la démonter.
Pour la mise au rebut, reportez-vous à la
réglementation en vigueur.
attention:
Si une unité de CD-ROM est installée, prenez
connaissance des informations suivantes :
Pour éviter tout risque d'exposition au rayon laser,
respectez les consignes de réglage et d'utilisation des
commandes, ainsi que les procédures décrites dans le
présent document.
Pour éviter une exposition directe au rayon laser,
n'ouvrez pas l'unité de CD-ROM. Vous ne pouvez
effectuer aucune opération de maintenance à
l'intérieur.
DANGER
Certaines unités de CD-ROM contiennent une
diode laser de classe 3A ou 3B. Prenez
connaissance des informations suivantes :
Rayonnement laser lorsque le carter est
ouvert. Évitez de regarder fixement le
faisceau ou de l'observer à l'aide
d'instruments optiques. Évitez une exposition
directe au rayon.
Related Service Information
247
k32 kg
k55 kg
attention:
Ce produit pèse un poids considérable. Faites-vous
aider pour le soulever.
attention:
Le bouton de mise sous tension/hors tension situé sur
la face avant du serveur ne coupe pas l'arrivée de
courant électrique à l'inérieur de la machine. Il se peut
que votre serveur dispose de plusieurs cordons
d'alimentation. Pour isoler totalement le serveur du
réseau électrique, débranchez tous les cordons
d'alimentation des socle de prise de courant.
attention:
Lorsqu'une patte de fixation du cordon d'alimentation
est installée branchez le serveur sur une prise de
courant électrique facile d'accès.
attention:
Une fois déverrouillé, le volet du serveur ne supporte
pas le poids de ce dernier. Pour éviter tout accident,
retirez ou verrouillez le volet du serveur avant de
déplacer ou de soulever ce dernier.
248
Netfinity Server HMM
attention:
N'ouvrez jamais le bloc d'alimentation ou tout élément
(fond de panier du bloc ou boîtier d'alimentation en
courant alternatif) sur lequel est apposé l'étiquette
ci-dessous.
Des tensions et des courants dangereux sont présents
à l'intérieur des blocs d'alimentation, de leurs fonds de
panier et du boîtier d'alimentation en courant alternatif.
Ces éléments ne peuvent pas être réparés. Si vous
pensez qu'ils peuvent être à l'origine d'un incident,
prenez contact avec un technicien de maintenance
IBM.
attention:
Le courant électrique circulant dans les câbles de
communication et les cordons téléphoniques et
d'alimentation peut être dangereux. Pour votre sécurité
et celle de l'équipement, avant de retirer les carters du
serveur, mettez celui-ci hors tension et déconnectez
ses cordons d'alimentation, ainsi que les câbles qui le
relient aux réseaux, aux systèmes de
télécommunication et aux modems (sauf instruction
contraire mentionnée dans les procédures
d'installation et de configuration).
attention:
Vous devez débrancher le cordon d'alimentation du
ventilateur avant d'installer ce dernier dans le serveur,
sinon le ventilateur peut se mettre en route et vous
risquez de vous blesser.
>50 kg
attention:
Ne posez pas d'objet dont le poids dépasse 50 kg sur
les modèles tiroir de serveur.
Related Service Information
249
VORSICHT
Aus Sicherheitsgründen bei Gewitter an
diesem Gerät keine Kabel anschließen oder
lösen. Ferner keine Installations-, Wartungsoder Rekonfigurationsarbeiten durchführen.
Aus Sicherheitsgründen:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Gerät nur an eine
Schutzkontaktsteckdose mit
ordnungsgemäß geerdetem
Schutzkontakt anschließen.
Alle angeschlossenen Geräte ebenfalls
an Schutzkontaktsteckdosen mit
ordnungsgemäß geerdetem
Schutzkontakt anschließen.
Signalkabel möglichst einhändig anschließen
oder lösen, um einen Stromschlag durch
Berühren von Oberflächen mit
unterschiedlichem elektrischem Potential zu
vermeiden.
Elektrische Spannungen von Netz-, Telefonund Datenübertragungsleitungen sind
gefährlich. Um einen Stromschlag zu
vermeiden, nur nach den Anweisungen
arbeiten, die für Installation, Transport oder
Öffnen von Gehäusen dieses Produkts oder
angeschlossenen Einheiten gelten.
Kabel anschließen
1. Alle Geräte ausschalten und
Netzstecker ziehen.
2. Zuerst alle Kabel an
Einheiten anschließen.
3. Signalkabel an
Anschlußbuchsen
anschließen.
4. Netzstecker an Steckdose
anschließen.
5. Gerät einschalten.
250
Netfinity Server HMM
Kabel lösen
1. Alle Geräte ausschalten.
2. Zuerst Netzstecker von
Steckdose lösen.
3. Signalkabel von
Anschlußbuchsen lösen.
4. Alle Kabel von Einheiten
lösen.
achtung:
Eine verbrauchte Batterie nur durch eine Batterie mit
der IBM Teilenummer 33F8354 oder durch eine vom
Hersteller empfohlene Batterie ersetzen. Wenn Ihr
System ein Modul mit einer Lithium-Batterie enthält,
ersetzen Sie es immer mit dem selben Modultyp vom
selben Hersteller. Die Batterie enthält Lithium und
kann bei unsachgemäßer Verwendung, Handhabung
oder Entsorgung explodieren.
Die Batterie nicht
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
mit Wasser in Berührung bringen.
über 100 C erhitzen.
reparieren oder zerlegen.
Die örtlichen Bestimmungen für die Entsorgung von
Sondermüll beachten.
achtung:
Wenn ein CD-ROM-Laufwerk installiert ist, beachten
Sie folgendes. Steuer- und Einstellelemente sowie
Verfahren nur entsprechend den Anweisungen im
vorliegenden Handbuch einsetzen. Andernfalls kann
gefährliche Laserstrahlung auftreten.
Das Entfernen der Abdeckungen des
CD-ROM-Laufwerks kann zu gefährlicher
Laserstrahlung führen. Es befinden sich keine Teile
innerhalb des CD-ROM-Laufwerks, die vom Benutzer
gewartet werden müssen. Die Verkleidung des
CD-ROM-Laufwerks nicht öffnen.
VORSICHT
Manche CD-ROM-Laufwerke enthalten eine
eingebaute Laserdiode der Klasse 3A oder
3B. Die nachfolgend aufgeführten Punkte
beachten.
Laserstrahlung bei geöffneter Tür. Niemals
direkt in den Laserstrahl sehen, nicht direkt
mit optischen Instrumenten betrachten und
den Strahlungsbereich meiden.
Related Service Information
251
k32 kg
k55 kg
achtung:
Beim Anheben der Maschine die vorgeschriebenen
Sicherheitsbestimmungen beachten.
achtung:
Mit dem Betriebsspannungsschalter an der Vorderseite
des Servers wird die Stromversorgung für den Server
nicht unterbrochen. Der Server könnte auch mehr als
ein Netzkabel auweisen. Um die gesamte
Stromversorgung des Servers auszuschalten, muß
sicherestellt werden, daß alle Netzkabel aus den
Netzsteckdosen herausgezogen wurdn.
achtung:
Wenn am Netzkabel eine Kabelhalterung angebracht
ist, uß der Server an eine leicht zugängliche
tzsteckdose angeschlosen rden.
achtung:
Bei geöffneter Tür kann die Servertür nicht das
Gewicht des Servers tragen. Zur Vermeidung von
Verletzungsgefahren vor dem Transportieren oder
Anheben des Servers die Servertür abnehmen oder
verschließen.
252
Netfinity Server HMM
achtung:
Die Abdeckung oder eine Komponente eines Netzteils
(Rückwandplatine oder Netzspannungsgehäuse), die
wie nachfolgend aufgeführt gekennzeichnet ist, darf
keinesfalls entfernt werden.
In Netzteilen, Rückwandplatinen und
Netzspannungsgehäusen können gefährliche
Spannungen anliegen. In Netzteilen,
Rückwandplatinen oder Netzspannungsgehäusen sind
keine Teile vorhanden, die vom Benutzer gewartet
werden müssen. Besteht der Verdacht, daß an einem
dieser Teile ein Fehler aufgetreten ist, ist ein IBM
Kundendiensttechniker zu verständigen.
achtung:
An Netz-, Telefon- und Datenleitungen können
gefährliche elektrische Spannungen anliegen. Um eine
Gefährdung des Benutzers oder Beschädigung des
Geräts zu vermeiden, ist der Server auszuschalten. Die
Verbindung zu den angeschlossenen Netzkabeln,
Telekommunikationssystemen, Netzwerken und
Modems ist vor dem Öffnen des Servergehäuses zu
unterbrechen (sofern in Installations- und
Konfigurationsanweisungen nicht anders angegeben).
achtung:
Das Netzkabel des Lüfters sollte herausgezogen sein,
wenn der Lüfter nicht in den Server eingebaut ist.
Andernfalls könnte der Lüfter zu drehen beginnen,
solange Sie ihn in der Hand halten. Hierbei kann es zu
Verletzungen durch die Ventilatorblätter kommen.
>50 kg
achtung:
Legen Sie keine Gegenstände, die mehr als 50 kg
wiegen, auf das Einschubmodell des Servers.
Related Service Information
253
PERICOLO
Per evitare il pericolo di scosse elettriche
durante i temporali, non collegare o
scollegare cavi, non effettuare l'installazione,
la manutenzione o la riconfigurazione di
questo prodotto.
Per evitare il pericolo di scosse elettriche:
Ÿ
Ÿ
collegare il cavo di alimentazione ad una
presa elettrica correttamente cablata e
munita di terra di sicurezza;
collegare qualsiasi apparecchiatura
collegata a questo prodotto ad una
presa elettrica correttamente cablata e
munita di terra di sicurezza.
Quando possibile, collegare o scollegare i
cavi di segnale con una sola mano per
evitare il rischio di scosse derivanti dal
contatto con due superfici a diverso
potenziale elettrico.
La corrente elettrica circolante nei cavi di
alimentazione, del telefono e di segnale è
pericolosa. Per evitare scosse elettriche,
collegare e scollegare i cavi come descritto
quando si effettuano l'installazione, la
rimozione o l'apertura dei coperchi di questo
prodotto o durante il collegamento delle
unità.
Per collegare
1. SPEGNERE tutti i
dispositivi.
2. Collegare prima tutti i cavi
alle unità.
3. Collegare i cavi di segnale
alle prese.
4. Collegare il(i) cavo(i) di
alimentazione alla presa
elettrica.
5. ACCENDERE le unità.
254
Netfinity Server HMM
Per scollegare
1. SPEGNERE tutti i
dispositivi.
2. Rimuovere prima il(i) cavo(i)
di alimentazione dalla presa
elettrica.
3. Rimuovere i cavi di segnale
dalle prese.
4. Rimuovere tutti i cavi dalle
unità.
ATTENZIONE:
Quando si sostituisce la batteria, utilizzare solo una
batteria IBM o batterie dello stesso tipo o di tipo
equivalente consigliate dal produttore. Se il sistema di
cui si dispone è provvisto di un modulo contenente
una batteria al litio, sostituire tale batteria solo con un
tipo di modulo uguale a quello fornito dal produttore.
La batteria contiene litio e può esplodere se utilizzata,
maneggiata o smaltita impropriamente.
Evitare di:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Gettarla o immergerla in acqua
Riscaldarla ad una temperatura superiore ai 100°
C
Cercare di ripararla o smaltirla
Smaltire secondo la normativa in vigore (D.Lgs 22 del
5/2/97) e successive disposizioni nazionali e locali.
ATTENZIONE:
Quando è installata un'unità CD-ROM, notare quanto
segue:
L'utilizzo di controlli, regolazioni o l'esecuzione di
procedure non descritti nel presente manuale possono
provocare l'esposizione a radiazioni pericolose.
L'apertura di un'unità CD-ROM può determinare
l'esposizione a radiazioni laser pericolose. All'interno
dell'unità CD-ROM non vi sono parti su cui effettuare
l'assistenza tecnica. Non rimuovere i coperchi
dell'unità CD-ROM.
PERICOLO
Alcune unità CD-ROM contengono all'interno
un diodo laser di Classe 3A o Classe 3B.
Prestare attenzione a quanto segue:
Aprendo l'unità vengono emesse radiazioni
laser. Non fissare il fascio, non guardarlo
direttamente con strumenti ottici ed evitare
l'esposizione diretta al fascio.
Related Service Information
255
k32 kg
k55 kg
ATTENZIONE:
Durante il sollevamento della macchina seguire delle
norme di di sicurezza.
ATTENZIONE:
Il pulsante del controllo dell'alimentazione situato nella
parte anteriore del servente non disattiva la corrente
elettrica fornita al servente. Il servente potrebbe anche
avere più di un cavo di alimentazione. Per disattivare
la corrente elettrica del servente, assicurarsi che tutti i
cavi di alimentazione siano scollegati dalla sorgente di
alimentazione.
ATTENZIONE:
Quando sul cavo di alimentazione è installata l'opzione
di sostegno del cavo, il servente deve essere collocato
in prossimità di una presa elettrica facilmente
accessibile.
ATTENZIONE:
Se aperto, lo sportello del servente non supporta il
peso del servente. Per evitare danni alle persone,
assicurarsi di rimuovere o chiudere tale sportello
prima di spostare o sollevare il servente.
256
Netfinity Server HMM
ATTENZIONE:
Non togliere mai il coperchio di un alimentatore o
qualsiasi parte (power backplane e ac box) su cui è
apposta la seguente etichetta.
Tensioni pericolose, corrente e livelli di energia sono
presenti all'interno degli alimentatori, del power
backplane e dell'ac box. All'interno degli alimentatori,
del power backplane e dell'ac box non ci sono parti
soggette a manutenzione. Se si sospetta un problema
in una di queste parti, rivolgersi ad un tecnico di
manutenzione IBM.
ATTENZIONE:
La corrente circolante nei cavi di alimentazione, del
telefono e di segnale è pericolosa. Per evitare
situazioni pericolose per le persone o danneggiamenti
all'apparecchiatura, scollegare i cavi di alimentazione, i
sistemi di telecomunicazioni, le reti e ed i modem
prima di aprire i coperchi del servente se non
diversamente indicato nelle procedure di installazione
e configurazione.
ATTENZIONE:
Il cavo di alimentazione collegato alla ventola
dovrebbe essere scollegato ogni volta che l'assieme
ventola non sia installato nel servente; diversamente la
ventola si potrebbe attivare mentre la si sta
maneggiando e le pale potrebbero provocare ferite le
dita.
>50 kg
ATTENZIONE:
Non poggiare oggetti che pesano più di 50 kg sulla
parte superiore del servente.
Related Service Information
257
258
Netfinity Server HMM
Related Service Information
259
260
Netfinity Server HMM
PELIGRO
Para evitar una posible descarga eléctrica, no
conecte ni desconecte los cables ni lleve a
cabo ninguna operación de instalación, de
mantenimiento o de reconfiguración de este
producto durante una tormenta eléctrica.
Para evitar una posible descarga:
Ÿ
El cable de alimentación debe
conectarse a un receptáculo con una
instalación eléctrica correcta y con toma
de tierra.
Ÿ
Los aparatos a los que se conecte este
producto también deben estar
conectados a receptáculos con la debida
instalación eléctrica.
Cuando sea posible, utilice una sola mano
para conectar o desconectar los cables de
señal a fin de evitar una posible descarga al
tocar dos superficies con distinto potencial
eléctrico.
La corriente eléctrica de los cables de
comunicaciones, teléfono y alimentación
puede resultar peligrosa. Para evitar una
posible descarga, siga las indicaciones de
conexión y desconexión de los cables
siempre que tenga que instalar, mover o abrir
las cubiertas de este producto o de los
dispositivos acoplados.
Instrucciones de conexión
Instrucciones de desconexión
1. Apague todos los
componentes (OFF).
2. En primer lugar, conecte
todos los cables a los
dispositivos.
3. Conecte los cables de señal
a los receptáculos.
4. Conecte los cables de
alimentación a las tomas.
5. Encienda el dispositivo
(ON).
1. Encienda todos los
componentes (ON).
2. En primer lugar, retire los
cables de alimentación de
las tomas.
3. Retire los cables de señal
de los receptáculos.
4. Retire todos los cables de
los dispositivos.
Related Service Information
261
percaución:
Al cambiar la batería, utilice únicamente la batería IBM
Número de pieza 33F8354 o un tipo de batería
equivalente recomendado por el fabricante. Si el
sistema tiene un módulo que contiene una batería de
litio, sustitúyalo únicamente por el mismo tipo de
módulo del mismo fabricante. La batería contiene litio
y puede explotar si no se utiliza, manipula o desecha
correctamente.
Lo que no debe hacer
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Tirar o sumergir el producto en agua.
Exponer el producto a una temperatura superior a
100°C.
Reparar o desmontar el producto.
Cuando quiera desechar la batería, siga las
disposiciones y reglamentaciones locales.
percaución:
Cuando instale una unidad de CD-ROM, tenga en
cuenta la siguiente información.
Si se llevan a cabo controles o ajustes o se utilizan
métodos que no se atengan a lo aquí especificado, se
puede producir una exposición peligrosa a las
radiaciones.
Si se retiran las cubiertas de la unidad de CD-ROM, se
puede producir una peligrosa exposición a radiaciones
de láser. Dentro de la unidad de CD-ROM no existen
piezas reparables. No retire las cubiertas de la unidad
de CD-ROM.
PELIGRO
Algunas unidades de CD-ROM tienen
incorporado un diodo de láser de Clase 3A o
de Clase 3B Tenga en cuenta la siguiente
información.
Cuando la unidad está abierta se generan
emisiones de rayos láser. No dirija la mirada
al haz, no lo observe directamente con
instrumentos ópticos y evite la exposición
directa.
262
Netfinity Server HMM
k32 kg
k55 kg
percaución:
Alce la máquina con cuidado; el sobrepeso podría
causar alguna lesión.
percaución:
El botón de control de alimentación del panel frontal
del servido no apaga la corriente eléctrica
suministrada al servidor. Puede sucede que el servidor
tenga más de un cable de alimentación. Para elimiar
por completo la corriente eléctrica del servidor,
asegúrese de desconectar todos los cables de
alimentación del suministro de alimentación.
percaución:
Cuando la opción de soporte del cable de alimentación
está insalada en el cable de alimentación, el servidor
debe estar conectado a un suministro de alimentación
de fácil acceso.
percaución:
Si no está cerrada, la puerta del servidor no soportará
el peso del mismo. A fin de evitar lesiones, antes de
alzar el servidor o cambiarlo de sitio, extraiga la puerta
o ciérrela bien.
Related Service Information
263
percaución:
No retire nunca la cubierta de una caja de
alimentacion ni de ninguna otra pieza (como el cajetín
de corriente alterna o la placa posterior de
alimentación) que tenga la siguiente etiqueta.
Las cajas de alimentación, las placas posteriores de
suministro y los cajetines de CA contienen niveles
peligrosos de voltaje, de corriente y de energía.
Ninguna de las piezas internas de las cajas de
alimentación, de la placa posterior o del cajetín de CA
son reparables por el usuario. Si detecta algún
problema con alguna de esas piezas, póngase en
contacto con un técnico de IBM.
percaución:
La corriente eléctrica de los cables de
comunicaciones, de teléfono y de alimentación puede
resultar peligrosa. Para evitar posibles lesiones o
daños del aparato, desconecte los cables de
alimentación, los sistemas de telecomunicaciones, las
redes y los módems antes de abrir las cubiertas del
servidor, salvo que se indique lo contrario en las
instrucciones de las operaciones de instalación y
configuración.
percaución:
Si el dispositivo de ventilación no está instalado en el
servidor, debe desconectar el cable de alimentación
que va a parar al ventilador; de lo contrario, podría
empezar a funcionar mientras lo sostiene y las hojas
podrían causarle alguna lesión.
>50 kg
percaución:
No coloque ningún objeto cuyo peso sea superior a
los 50 kilos sobr la bandeja modelo del servidor.
264
Netfinity Server HMM
Send Us Your Comments!
We want to know your opinion about this manual (part
number 09N1052). Your input will help us to improve our
publications.
Please photocopy this survey, complete it, and then fax it
to IBM HMM Survey at 919-543-8167 (USA).
Name
Phone Number
1. Do you like this manual?
Ø Yes
Ø No
2. What would you like to see added, changed, or
deleted in this manual?
3. What is your service experience level?
Ø Less than five years
Ø More than five years
4. Which Servers do you service most?
Thanks in advance for your response!
Related Service Information
265
Problem Determination Tips
Due to the variety of hardware and software combinations
that can be encountered, use the following information to
assist you in problem determination. If possible, have this
information available when requesting assistance from
Service Support and Engineering functions.
Machine type and model
Processor or hard disk upgrades
Failure symptom
– Do diagnostics fail?
– What, when, where, single, or multiple systems?
– Is the failure repeatable?
– Has this configuration ever worked?
– If it has been working, what changes were made
prior to it failing?
– Is this the original reported failure?
Reference/Diagnostics Diskette Version
– Type and version level
Hardware configuration
– Print (print screen) configuration currently in use
– BIOS level
Operating system software
– Type and version level
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Important
To eliminate confusion, identical systems are
considered identical only if they:
1. Are the exact machine type and models
2. Have the same BIOS level
3. Have the same adapters/attachments in the
same locations
4. Have the same address
jumpers/terminators/cabling
5. Have the same software versions and levels
6. Have the same Reference/Diagnostics Diskette
(version)
7. Have the same configuration options set in the
system
8. Have the same setup for the operation system
control files
Comparing the configuration and software set-up
between “working and non-working” systems will often
lead to problem resolution.
266
Netfinity Server HMM
Phone Numbers, U.S. and Canada
Note
EMEA customers should contact their Dealer or IBM
Service organization.
Before you place a call to the Support Center, refer to
“Problem Determination Tips” on page 266.
Authorized Dealers or Servicers
Number
Information
919-517-0001
800-528-7705
800-937-3737
800-426-2472
Bulletin Board Service - PC Company
Bulletin Board Service - TSS Only
IBM Business Partner Education
IBM Customer Engineer Technical
Support
IBM Dealer Support Center
IBM Direct Desktop Software Sales
IBM Part Number ID and Look Up
IBM PC HelpCenter
IBM Software Defect Support (CSDs)
IBM Software Ordering (Publications)
IBM Supplies Technical Hotline
IBM Warranty Parts Claims Center
800-IBM-DEAL
800-342-6672
303-924-4015
800-426-7763
800-237-5511
800-327-5711
800-426-1484
800-388-7080
U.S. Customers and Helpware Subscribers
Number
Information
919-517-0001
800-426-8322
800-999-0052
800-237-4824
800-964-8523
800-742-2493
800-447-4700
800-426-2468
800-426-3333
800-IBM-SERV
800-772-2227
800-426-7282
800-426-9402
(Ext. 150)
800-241-1620
800-342-6672
800-237-5511
800-284-5933
914-962-0310
800-547-1283
Bulletin Board Service - PC Company
Customer Education Business Unit
Customized Operational Services
EduQuest (Educational Computers)
End User HelpDesk Support
IBM Anti-Virus Services
IBM Authorized Dealer Referrals
IBM Dealer Referral
IBM Information Referral Service
IBM Service
IBM PC HelpCenter and HelpDesk
IBM Technical Manuals
Multimedia Information Center
800-551-2832
Multimedia HelpCenter
OS/2 Information Line
OS/2 Support Services
Prodigy
Prodigy User Questions
Technical Coordinator Program
SystemXtra for Personal Systems
LAN Automated Distribution/2
OS/2 Bulletin Board
OS/2 Application Assistance Center
Technical Solutions Magazine
Related Service Information
267
IBM Canada Customer and Servicer Support
Number
Information
800-661-PSMT
905-316-5556
Business Partner Marketing Support
Business Partner Marketing Support Toronto
Business Partner Marketing Support French
Customer Relations
Customer Service Dispatch
Customer Service Parts
Customer Support Center (ISC)
Customer Service Repair Centre
Dealer Support Group (DSG)
HelpClub Registration / IBM Direct
HelpFax
HelpFax - Toronto
HelpPC
IBM Certification Administrator
Mail to: 50 Acadia Drive
Markham, Ontario L3R 0B3
IBM Education (A+ Course)
IBM Information Network Support
IBM PC Service Partners
International Warranty Registration
Lexmark Product Information
PartnerLine
Parts Orders, Exchange or Emergency
Parts Regular Orders, Exchange
514-938-6048
800-465-4YOU
800-IBM-SERV
800-263-2769
800-465-2222
416-443-5701
800-505-1855
800-465-7999
800-465-3299
905-316-3299
800-565-3344
905-513-3355
800-661-2131
800-268-3100
800-387-8343
800-487-7426
800-663-7662
800-IBM-9990
800-263-2769
416-443-5808
(Fax)
416-443-5755
514-938-3022
905-316-4255
604-664-6464
204-934-2735
800-661-7768
800-565-3344
800-387-8483
800-465-1234
905-316-4148
905-316-4100
(Fax)
905-316-4150
905-316-4100
(Fax)
905-316-4872
905-316-4100
(Fax)
800-661-2131
800-565-3344
416-443-5835
(Fax)
905-316-2445
905-316-3515
(Fax)
416-443-5778
800-505-1855
800-267-7472
268
Parts Orders, Inquiries
PC Co Bulletin Board - Montreal
PC Co Bulletin Board - Markham
PC Co Bulletin Board - Vancouver
PC Co Bulletin Board - Winnepeg
PS Marketing Support (PSMT)
PS/1 Warranty Customer Helpline
PS/1 Warranty Service (DOAs)
Publications Ordering
Service Management Support
Service Management Support
Service (Warranty) Manager
Service (Warranty) Manager
Service Quality Programs
Service Quality Programs
Skill Dynamics (Education)
ThinkPad EasyServe
Warranty Claim Fulfillment
Warranty Claim Reimbursement
Warranty Claim Reimbursement
Warranty Claim Parts Inquiry
Warranty Provider Support Hotline
Warranty Service, ThinkPad
Netfinity Server HMM
Notices
References in this publication to IBM products, programs,
or services do not imply that IBM intends to make these
available in all countries in which IBM operates. Any
reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not
intended to state or imply that only that IBM product,
program, or service may be used. Subject to IBM’s valid
intellectual property or other legally protectable rights, any
functionally equivalent product, program, or service may be
used instead of the IBM product, program, or service. The
evaluation and verification of operation in conjunction with
other products, except those expressly designated by IBM,
are the responsibility of the user.
Trademarks
The following terms are trademarks of the IBM Corporation
in the United States or other countries or both:
HelpCenter
HelpWare
Netfinity
OS/2
SystemXtra
HelpFax
IBM
Netfinity Manager
Predictive Failure Analysis
ThinkPad
The following terms are trademarks of other companies:
Notes
Lotus Development Corporation
C-bus is a trademark of Corollary, Inc
MMX and Pentium are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Intel Corporation.
Microsoft and Windows are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
Related Service Information
269
IBM

Part Number: 09N1052
Printed in U.S.A.
Sð1K-4643-ð2
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement